Clarion University
of Pennsylvania
Clarion, Pennsylvania 16214-1232

Catalog Issue 1995-1997

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Member of
American Association of Colleges for
Teacher Education
Member of
American Association of State
Colleges and Universities
Library Science Graduate Program
accredited by
American Library Association
Speech Pathology and Audiology Program
accredited by
Educational Standards Board of the American
Speech-Language-Hearing Association
Accredited by
Middle States Association of Colleges
and Schools
Member of
American Assembly of Colleges
and Schools of Business
Educational Associate of
Institute of International Education

It is the policy of Clarion University of Pennsylvania that there shall be equal opportunity
in all of its educational programs, services, and benefits, and there shall be no discrimination
with regard to a student’s or prospective student’s race, color, religion, sex, national origin,
disability, age, sexual orientatiordaffection, veteran status or other classifications that are
protected under Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and other pertinent state and federal laws and regulations. Direct
equal opportunity inquiries to: Assistant to the President for Social Equity, 216 Carrier
Administration Building, Clarion, PA 16214-1232, (814) 226-2000, (or to the Director of
the Office for Civil Rights, Department of Education, 330 Independence Avenue, SW,
Washington, DC 20201).

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Table of Contents
Academic Calendars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Campus and Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Graduate Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ... ... ....... 2
Biology—Master of Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Business—Master of Business Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Communication—Master of Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Education-Master of Education Degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .... 34
M.Ed. in Elementary Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ....... 34
M.Ed. in Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . ....... 35
Reading Specialist Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 36
English—Master of Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . ....... 40
Library Science-Master of Science in Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . ....... 44
Certificate of Advanced Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . ....... 46
Mathematics—Master of Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .. 51
Science Education-Master of Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ... 54
Special Education-Master of Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . .. .. . . ..... 62
Speech Pathology and Audiology—Master of Science . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . . . . . ....... 68
Directories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........... 74
Graduate Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .. ... 75
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Clarion University

Academic Calendar 1995-96
(Subject to change without notice)
Summer Sessions 1995
Session I Pre-Session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ..May 15-June 2
Session I Regular session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. ... June 5-July 7
Session II Regular session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .July 10-August 10

Fall Semester 1995
Registration for day and evening classes .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... ...Monday, August 28
Classes begin 8 a.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. ..Monday, August 28
Labor Day holiday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monday, September 4
Mid-semester break begins 10p.m. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... ..Thursday, October 12
Mid-semesterbreak ends 8am. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monday, October 16
Thanksgiving holiday begins 10p.m. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. Tuesday, November 21
Thanksgiving holiday ends 8am. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monday, November 27
Classes end 10 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .Friday, December 8
Reading day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .Saturday, December 9
Final examination period begins .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... ... .Monday, December ll
Final examination period ends l0p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Friday, December 15
Semester ends l0p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Friday, December 15
Winter Commencement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saturday, December 16
Semester grades due from faculty .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... ..Thursday, December 21

Spring Semester 1996
Registration for day and evening classes .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. Tuesday, January 16
Classes begin 8a.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .Tuesday, January 16
Winter holiday begins 10p.m. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... ...Friday, February 23
Winter holiday ends 8 a.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. ..Monday, March4
Spring vacation begins l0p.m. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ...Wednesday, Apri1 3
Spring vacation ends 8 am.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. ... Wednesday, Apnl10
Classes end 10 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Friday, May 3
Reading day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. Saturday, May 4
Final examination period begins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ..Monday, May 6
Final examination period ends 10p.m. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... ... Friday, May 10
Semester ends l0p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. ... .Friday, May 10
Spring Commencement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. ... .Saturday, May ll
Semester grades due from faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. ... . Thursday, May 16

Summer Sessions 1996
Session I Pre-Session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . May 13-May 31
Session I Regular session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. ... June 3-July 5
Session lIRegularsession . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .July 8-August 8

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Clarion University

Academic Calendar 1996-97
(Subject to change without notice)

Fall Semester 1996
Registration for day and evening classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.Monday, August 26

Classes begin 8a.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. ..Monday, August 26
Labor Day Holiday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monday. Septem~r2
Midsemester break begins IOp.m. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... ..~ursday, Octo~r3
Midsemester break ends 8 a.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monday,0ctober7
Thanksgiving holiday begins IOp.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tuesday, November 19
Thanksgiving holiday ends 8am. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monday, November 25
Classes end 10 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. ..Ffiday, D~em~r6
Reading day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Saturday, Decem~r7
Final examination period begins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Monday, ~cem~r9
Final examination period ends IOp.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Friday, December 3
Semester ends lOp.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Friday, D=ember 3
Winter Commencement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saturday, December 4
Semester grades due from facuky .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... ..Thursday, December 9
Spring Semester 1997
Registration for day and evening classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monday,January 13
Classes begin 8a.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .. .. .. .. .. .Monday, Januw 13
Martin Luther King, Jr. birthday obserwd .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .Mondv, January 20
Winter holiday begins IOp.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .Ffiday, Febmaw 28
Winter holiday ends 8am. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monday, March 10
Spring vacation begins lop.m. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .Wednesday, March 26
Spring vacation ends 8 am.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. ...Wednesday, APri12
Classes end 10 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. FridaY, MaY2
Reading day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .SatUrdaYt MaY3
Final examination period begins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ... .MondaY, MaY 5
Final examination period ends IOp.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Friday, May 9
Semester ends l0p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. ... ... .Friday, MaY9
Spring Commencement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. ... ..Saturday, May 10
Semester grades due from faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. ... . Thursday, May 15
Summer Sessions 1997
Session I Pre-Session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . May 12-May 30
Session I Regular session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. ... ... June9-J@ 11

Session II Regular session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ... July 14-fWW 15
Fall Semester 1997
Registration for day and evening classes . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. ... ...Monday, August 25

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Campus and Facilities
Clarion University of Pennsylvania
Founded in 1867 as Carrier Seminary under the aegis of the Erie Conference of the
Methodist Episcopal Church, Clarion University has for well over a century endeavored to
provide quality educational services for increasing numbers of students. The university has
evolved from a seminary to a state normal school, to Clarion State Teachers College, to
Clarion State College, and finally to Clarion University of Pennsylvania of the State System
of Higher Education, with an enrollment of approximately 5,600. Now a multi-purpose
institution, the university offers associate degrees in three areas, nearly 70 baccalaureate
programs, and 11 graduate programs leading to the Master of Arts, Master of Business
Administration, Master of Education, Master of Science, and Master of Science in Library
Science. It is the goal of the university and the Graduate College to offer high quality
educational programs staffed by an excellent faculty within a learning environment in which
the rights of all people are respected.
The Clarion Campus has 99 acres and 43 buildings. It is within the Borough of Clarion
some two miles north of Interstate 80 at Exits 9 and 10 and is approximately two and onehalf hours’ driving time from the urban centers of Pittsburgh, Erie, and Youngstown. High
on the Allegheny Plateau overlooking the Clarion River, the rural setting is in the midst of
one of Pennsylvania’s most scenic resort areas. The rolling, wooded countryside, interspersed with small farms, affords some of the finest and most varied recreational opportunities to be found anywhere in Northwestern Pennsylvania. The Clarion River and its tributaries provide an ideal setting for summer boating, swimming, and aquatic sports.
Among facilities supporting graduate programs at Clarion University are modem science
laboratories with excellent instrumentation; well-equipped clinical support areas for special
education and speech pathology and audiology; a modem business administration building;
technologically equipped classrooms for library science; a word processing lab; radio and
television studios and experimental audio-visual facilities; and the George R. Lewis Computer Center with a VAX 11/785 and extensive microcomputer facilities.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Graduate Study at
Clarion University
Eligibility for Admission
Individuals seeking regular full admission to a graduate program must meet the minimum
admission requirements for the College of Graduate Studies and any additional requirements
of the program. To meet the minimum requirements for admission to the College of Graduate
Studies an applicant must provide evidence of:
A bachelor’s degree or its equivalent from an acceptably accredited college or university. Individuals who have not yet completed the baccalaureate degree may submit
transcripts for course work completed, along with application materials. Final transcripts noting the completion of the degree will be required.
A minimum quality-point average of 2.75/4.00 at the undergraduate level. Some
programs require a higher undergraduate quality-point average. Please review the
program admission requirements listed elsewhere in this catalog.
Individuals not meeting the quality-point average requirement of a graduate program muy
be eligible for regular admission when the lower quality-point average is evaluated in terms
of supplementary factors, including letters of reference, examination scores on such instruments as the Graduate Record Examination, Graduate Management Admission Test, and/
or the Miller Analogies Test, or achievement in graduate level course work.
Information regarding the Miller Analogies Test, the Graduate Record Examination
(GRE) and the Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) may be obtained from the
College of Graduate Studies.
Applicants should refer to the admission requirements of specific programs as listed in
this bulletin.

Categories of Admission
Admitted applicants will be classified in one of the following categories of admission.

Regular Full Admission
Individuals meeting all of the admission requirements for a graduate program shall be
granted regular full admission status. Only individuals with regular full admission status
are eligible for graduate assistantships. Individuals must achieve regular full admission
status before they graduate.

Provisional Admission
Individuals not meeting all of the admission requirements for a graduate program muy
be admitted on a provisional basis. In such cases, admission will be based upon specific
conditions that the student must meet in order to be reclassified as regular full admission.
Individuals admitted on a provisional basis are not eligible for graduate assistantships.
Individuals admitted on a provisional basis are not guaranteed regular full admission status.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Graduate Study

3

Courtesy/Transient Admission
A graduate student from another institution may enroll for graduate courses at Clarion
University on a courtesy basis if he or she intends to transfer the credit for the course to
another institution. Information about courtesy admission may be obtained from the College
of Graduate Studies.

Non-Degree Status Admission
Occasionally individuals will want to engage in graduate study without entering a graduate program. Such individuals should apply for a non-degree admission sfafus at the time
of application. All admission requirements must be met. Individuals remaining in this status
may not receive a graduate degree. Courses taken while a person is in this status will be
identified as non-degree on the student’s transcript. The non-degree student who, after
taking courses in non-degree status determines to seek a graduate degree, must be formally
admitted to a graduate degree program under regular admission procedures. Graduate
programs may or may not accept courses taken while a student is in non-degree status. No
program may accept more than nine credits taken in non-degree status. Applicants admitted
on a non-degree basis are not guaranteed regular full admission status. Certain course
restrictions may apply for non-degree students.

Admission Procedures
Application forms and information about graduate programs may be obtained by writing
to:
College of Graduate Studies
Clarion University of PA
Carrier Administration Building
Clarion, PA 16214-1232
Routine admission policy requires that applicants submit:
1. a completed application form;
2. official transcripts of all undergraduate work (partial transcripts are acceptable, but
evidence of a degree must be submitted before a student may enroll in classes);
3. three cument letters of reference; and
4. a $25 non-refundable application fee.
Some graduate programs require additional information or procedures.

Admission of International Students
Clarion University welcomes international students to its campus and has an Office of
International Programs to assist students from other countries in achieving a successful
educational experience at Clarion. International students may write to:
Office of International Programs
Clarion University of Pennsylvania
212 Founders Hall
Clarion, PA 16214-1232
U.S.A.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Graduate Study

4

International students seeking admission to the Graduate College should follow directions
specified for all students under “Admission and Degree Requirements.” In addition, the
international student applicant must satisfy the following requirements:
1. Submit his or her application for admission at least four months prior to the term in
which he or she wishes to begin study at Clarion.
2. Demonstrate English language proficiency. Acceptable evidence of proficiency is successful completion of Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) with a score of
550 (600 required for the program in communication, biology, and speech pathology
and audiology); certification by an English language institute; or satisfactory completion
of a bachelor’s degree from an accredited U.S. college or university. Additionally,
speech pathology and audiology requires a score of 200 on the Test of Spoken English
(TSE). Other evidence maybe approved by the Graduate College, such as affirmation
of proficiency by a Clarion faculty member, other individual, or organization known to
Clarion University.
3. Furnish evidence of adequate financial support on Affidavit of Support form. The
applicant must provide an official statement from an authorized bank certifying that
$12,281, in addition to travel funds, is available to the student to cover costs of basic
fees and general living expenses for one academic year of study in the United States.
Immigration and Naturalization form 1-20 will not be issued until the international
applicant has submitted the required evidence of financial support.
4. Carry a full program of studies (at least nine semester hours) upon admission and
matriculation. The United States Immigration and Naturalization Service regulations
require that students holding an “F” or “J” visa carry a full program of study.
5. Be covered by an insurance plan. Due to the high cost of health care in the United
States, it is for the benefit of all international students that they are required to have
some type of health insurance coverage. If you do not already have some type of
coverage when you arrive at Clarion, you must enroll in a plan immediately. The Office
of International Programs has information on several available insurance plans, including the plan that is available to all Clarion University students. For further information
on insurance, please contact the Office of International Programs.

Academic Policies and Procedures
Good Academic Standing
All graduate students are expected to remain in good academic standing by maintaining
a cumulative quality-point average of 3.00/4.00 and earning no more than six semester
hours of “C” or lower grades in graduate courses.
Students who do not maintain a cumulative quality-point average of 3.00/4.00 and/or
who earn more than six hours of credit with grades below a “B” are automatically placed
on probation. A student placed on probation must return to “good academic standing”
through grades earned in course work during the next semester or summer session in which
he or she enrolls. A student may be removed from probation by:
A. Taking additional courses in his or her program and earning grades sufficient to raise the cumulative average to 3.00/4.00 or above. This single
measure may be sufficient unless the student has more than six semester
hours of “C” grades.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Graduate Study

5

B. Repeating courses in which the original grade is less than “B.” A repeat
course grade will replace the original grade for quality-point calculations.
A maximum of six semester hours of credit may be repeated. Library
science students receiving a grade of less than “B” in two courses are
disqualified as a candidate in that degree program.
Failure to meet this requirement will result in the student being dropped from the graduate
program in which he or she is enrolled.
A student placed on probation automatically loses his or her graduate assistantship. A
reapplication for an assistantship will be required once he or she has returned to “good
academic standing. ’

Transfer of Credit
Some graduate programs allow students to transfer credit for graduate courses taken at
other accredited institutions. It is university policy that no more than 30 percent of the total
credits for a degree may be transfer credits. Courses transferred must be certified as graduate
level on the transcript and must have a grade of ‘B’ or better. Transfer credit course grades
are not computed in the Clarion quality-point average.
Courses already credited toward an earned degree may not be used for a second degree.
Correspondence course credits are not accepted for transfer. Course credit will not be
transferred until the course has been evaluated and approved. A student currently enrolled
in a degree program at Clarion who wishes to take a course at another institution for transfer
to Clarion should obtain prior approval from his or her advisor and department chair.

Residency
Seventy percent of all credits required for completion of a graduate degree must be earned
in course work offered by Clarion University. All graduate degree programs require a
minimum of 30 semester hours of credit. Individual programs may require more than 30
semester hours.

Timeliness of Enrollment and Completion of Degree
It is expected that an applicant admitted to graduate study will enroll for course work at
once. Students who do not enroll at Clarion for graduate courses in programs to which they
are admitted within 12 months following admission may be required to reapply before they
can enroll. Information about eligibility to enroll in classes may be obtained from the
Graduate College.
A degree must be completed within six years from the date of initial enrollment. Extensions may be allowed only by approval of the department chair, dean of the college in which
the student’s program resides, and the dean of the College of Graduate Studies.

Full-Time Status
A graduate student enrolled in nine semester hours of course work in a term is considered
a full-time student.

Withdrawals
All class withdrawals must be made through the Office of the Registrar. Classes from
which a student withdraws during the period of drop/add will not appear on his or her
record. Withdrawals between the end of the second and ninth weeks may be made without
penalty. After the beginning of the tenth week of a semester or the second half of a summer

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

6

Graduate Study

session, a course from which a student withdraws shall be finally reported with a grade of
“E.” Exceptions may be made for withdrawals due to extenuating circumstances such as
illness or some other unavoidable occurrence.
If a student is on probation at the time of withdrawal from all classes and the withdrawal
is after the twelfth week of the semester, he or she will not be permitted to return for the
following semester unless the withdrawal is based on extenuating circumstances.
If a withdrawal is not made through the Office of the Registrar, a failing grade will be
recorded for the affected course(s).
Any student who withdraws from the university either during or at the end of a semester
must notify the Office of the Registrar of his or her intention to withdraw and the reason
for withdrawal. This is necessa~ for completion of the student’s permanent record. Failure
to comply with this regulation will constitute an unofficial withdrawal and may affect the
student’s chances of future readmission or his or her obtaining an honorable dismissal.

Auditing Courses
With the permission of the instructor, interested persons may audit courses if there is
space available in the course from the first day of class and up until the end of the drop/add
period. Students must declare their intentions in writing to the Office of the Registrar prior
to the end of the drophdd period. Laboratory courses may not be taken as an audit. Students
who enroll in a course for credit may change to an audit grade only during the dro~add
period. Likewise, students who enroll in a course to audit may only change to credit during
this same period.

Incomplete Grades
The “I” grade may be used when a student has completed the major portion of the
requirements for a given course, but for reasons beyond expected control, such as illness or
family emergency, cannot complete all requirements. An incomplete is used also for research
or problems courses where projects necessarily extend beyond the termination of the semester or session. Normally, incomplete grades must be removed by the end of the first
semester subsequent to the awarding of the incomplete. Extensions may be granted if the
instructor awarding the incomplete deems that more time is necessary to fulfill course
requirements. Research and thesis incomplete grades normally continue beyond one semester.
An incomplete that is not converted to a final grade by the end of the semester following
its issuance and is not approved for extension by the instructor becomes a failing grade.
No one may be cleared for graduation with “I” grades on record.

Advisement
Upon admission to a graduate program, a student is assigned an advisor. The advisor will
assist the student in planning an individual program and in maintaining prognxs within the
program.

Research, Theses, and Comprehensive Examinations
Research, theses and/or comprehensive examination requirements are established by the
individual graduate programs within the university. The student should refer to the section
of this catalog presenting specific programs to determine exact requirements.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Graduate Study

7

Student Responsibility for Academic Requirements
Provisions in the Clarion graduate catalog cannot be considered an imevocable contract
between the University and the student.
The University makes every effort to keep information in the catalog current. It must
reserve the right, however, to amend any academic, administrative, or disciplinary policies
or regulations and to update fees or service charges described in this catalog without prior
notice to persons affected.
Students are held responsible for reading and understanding the academic, administrative,
and disciplinary policies or regulations and for understanding the general education requirements as published in the catalog when they matriculate. They are held responsible for the
requirements of a major in effect at the time they officially declare a major. If students
change majors, they are responsible for the requirements of the major in effect when they
officially change majors.
Requirements for graduation as well as those for various curricula and degree programs
may change after students matriculate at Clarion. Such changes will not be retroactive,
although students will have the option to elect to meet the new program requirements, if
desired. Exceptions may be necessary when changes in professional certification or Iicensure
standards mandate such changes in requirements or programs.

Fees for Graduate Study
All fees are subject to change without notice. Unless otherwise noted, all payments must
be made by check or money order drawn to the Clarion University of Pennsylvania or
CUPA.

Summary of Fees (Per Semester)
I. APPLICATION FEE (non-refundable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$25.00
Il. BASIC GRADUATE FEES (subject to change without notice)
Pennsylvania residents:
Full-time (9-15 credits) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1.543.00
Each additional credit over 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $171.00
Part-time (fewer than 9 credits)
Per credit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $171.00
Non-Pennsylvania residents:
Full-time
(9-I5 credits) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2,772.00
Each additional credit over 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $308.00
Part-time (fewer than 9 credits)
Per credit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $308.00
III. RESIDENCE HALL AND DINING FEES
Residence and dining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,462.00
All residence hall students must pay for both residence hall and dining
Dining only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $M7.00
IV.

INSTRUCTIONAL SUPPORT FEE
This fee is a percentage of the tuition charge:
PA Resident—IO%. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Non-PA Resident—5.57%

V. AUXILIARY SUPPORT FEE
This fee is a percentage of the tuition charge:
PA Resident-10.5%. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Non-PA Resident—5.84%
VI. LATE FEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$25.00
A late fee will be assessed to students who have not paid in full or have not made appropriate arrangements
for payment by registration day.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Graduate Study

8
VII.

VIII.

THESIS BINDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S37.50
Minimum thtwe copies @ approximately $12.50 per copy.
Finat cost may vary. Payment to be made after binding completed. Student must provide billing
and mailing a&tre& to library.
STUDENT ACTIVITY FEE
All students with six or more credits are required to pay a Student Activity Fee assessed as follows:
I-8 credits:
S20.00
9 or more credits:
S40.00

Ix.

TRANSCRIPT FEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$3.00
One graduate transcript is issued free of charge. The charge for the second and subsequent transcripts is
$3.00 each.

x.

CAREER SERVICES CREDENTIALS FEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$10.00
A one-time fee to establish a credentials file. For processing each credential quest
to employers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$3.00

Refund Policies
Basic Fees, University Residence Hall,
Dining Charges, and Student Activity Fee
Refunds are not granted on an automatic basis. A student eligible for a partial refund of
basic fees and residence hall charges must officially withdraw from the university through
the Registrar’s Office, located in 122 Carrier Administration Building. Even though withdrawal occurs after the ninth week, a student may be eligible for a partial refund of a meal
ticket by notifying the Student Accounts Office. There is no refund for the late fee.
Partial refunds approved for payment are based upon percentage of the fees paid. The
following schedule applies to both full-time and part-time students.
1st and 2nd weeks
3rd week . . . . .
4th week . . . . . .
5th week . . . . . .
After 5th week . . .

SEMESTER WITHDRAWALS
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

. . . . 80% refund
. . . 70% refund
. . . . 60% refund
. . . . 50% refund
. . . 0% refund

For refund purposes, each ‘week” will be a university work week and will end on Friday
at the close of the university business hours. The first week will end on the first Friday
following the start of classes.

Policy Related to Returned Checks
It is the student’s responsibility to assure that funds are available when a check is presented
for payment at his or her bank. If a check is returned for insufficient funds, the student will
be notified that the check is uncollectible. He or she will then be required to pay the original
amount plus a $25 late registration fee and a $10 penalty for handling the uncollectible
check. Payments made in redeeming an uncollectible check and paying the related late fee
and penalty must be by certified check or money order within 10 days of notification or the
student will not be permitted to attend classes.

Graduate Student Support Services
Graduate Assistantships
Each year a limited number of graduate assistantships are awarded to individuals with
regular full admission status to a graduate program. Graduate assistants work 10 or 20 hours
a week in assignments related to academic programs or university-wide service. They are
paid an hourly stipend and receive a tuition waiver for up to 15 credits a semester. There
are no summer assistantships.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Graduate Study

9

Recipients of a graduate assistantship must take at least 6 credits a semester, pertorrn
assigned duties in a satisfactory manner, and remain in good academic standing.
Students wishing to apply for a graduate assistantship should contact the College of
Graduate Studies or their individual departments.

Financial Aid
In addition to graduate assistantships, the following financial aid may be available to
graduate students.

Loans
FEDERAL PERKINS LOAN PROGRAM-To be eligible for consideration for this 5%
loan, a student must complete an application form, have a current FAFSA form on file in
the Office of Financial Aid, be a citizen of the United States or have declared his or her
intention to obtain citizenship, and be enrolled or accepted for enrollment as a student.
These loans, which are non-interest bearing while a student is enrolled, are available to
a maximum of $1,500 each year.
FEDERAL STAFFORD LOAN PROGRAM-Loans with a cap of 9% interest are
generally available from local banks and savings and loans associations. Loans are for a
maximum of $8,500 per academic year, with an overall limit of $65,000 for graduate and
undergraduate loans. Loans are based on need, which must be demonstrated through an
approved need analysis system. Our approved form is the FAFSA application.

Veterans
Clarion University is approved to offer training under the various GI bills. Students who
are entitled under one of these bills should contact the veterans counselor immediately after
being accepted for admission to the university in order to secure additional instruction. This
procedure is necessary so veterans may be included on the monthly payroll. The university
veterans counselor is located in the Office of Financial Aid, 104 Egbert Hall, 814-2262315.

Carlson Library
Carlson Library offers graduate students a broad collection of resources and services to
support class work and research projects. In addition to over 350,000 volumes, university
library facilities include periodicals, media, A-V equipment, and micro-computers. CDROM data bases (e.g. ERIC, PsycLIT, Business Index), mediated access to hundreds of online databases, and a computerized library catalog (GEAC) enhance research efforts. Interlibrary loan service further enables users to expand research beyond the scope of locally
available resources.
Library orientation sessions are scheduled each term to help students become familiar
with the library. Library faculty and staff are pleased to assist users in making optimum use
of library services.

Computing Services
The George R. Lewis Center for Computing Services, located on the ground floor of Still
Hall, is the site of Clarion University’s three major computer systems that provide academic,
administrative, and library service. Academic and administrative services are supported by
a large, integrated VAX cluster. The library service is supported by a GEAC 8000 computer
system. A telecommunication network connects the major computer systems to terminals
and microcomputers in the student labs on the Clarion and Venango Campuses.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

10

Graduate Study

Academic services for instruction and research include the following computer languages
and packages: COBOL, FORTRAN, BASIC, PASCAL, RPG, TSP, SAS, VAX-1 1 MACRO, business simulations, and graphics.
The library service provides access to the automated library system that has an on-line
public catalog search feature which makes it possible to determine which books are available
at Carlson and Suhr Libraries.

Health Services
Clarion University Health Center strives to enhance the educational process of the university through health prevention, promotion, restoration, and maintenance. It assists the
university in the removal of health-related barriers to learning and promoting an optimal
level of well-being. This purpose is consistent with the university mission of seeking
excellence in all areas of higher education and providing an environment that facilitates
student development.
Health care providem and/or registered nurses are available for students five days a week
from 8 a.m. to 8 p.m. and on Saturday and Sunday from I p.m. to 5 p.m. Although students
are requested to make appointments to see a health care provider when needed, students
without appointments are welcome to seek care at any time. Within this framework, students
are treated according to the following priorities: ( 1 ) emergencies, (2) appointments, and (3)
walk-ins.
Students will not be visited in their residences by health care providers or registered
nurses. Individuals requiring intensive or expanded care are referred to the health agency
of their choice. A contract with Clarion Hospital allows for the free transport of students to
the Clarion Hospital for tests, treatments, procedures, and care with no cost to the student.
If students must be transported by stretcher to Clarion Hospital, the cost of the ambulance
is at the expense of the individuals. Other related expenses not covered by the student
insurance programs are the responsibility of students.

Insurance
An accident and sickness insurance plan is available to all Clarion University students.
For further information on this plan, contact the Student Affairs Office, 220 Egbert Hall,
Clarion University, Clarion, PA 16214-1232, telephone 814-226-2351.
Due to the high cost of health care in the United States, it is for the benefit of all
international students that they are required to have some type of health insurance coverage.
If you do not already have some type of coverage when you arrive at Clarion, you must
enroll in a plan immediately. The Office of International Programs has information on
several available insurance plans, including the plan that is available to all Clarion University
students. For further information on insurance, please contact the Office of International
Programs.

Housing
Limited housing for graduate students is available in the university-supervised residence
halls. For information, students should contact the Office of Residence Life, 228 Egbert
Hall, telephone 814-226-2352.
Any arrangements for housing in the community is a business relationship between a
student and the householder. The Office of Residence Life maintains a limited listing of
available housing in the community, but the university does not approve or make recommendations related to private off-campus housing accommodations.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Graduate Study

11

Parking and Automobile Regulations
All provisions of the Vehicle Code of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as supplemented by university parking regulations are enforced on the Ciarion University campus.
Authority for such enforcement rests with the director of public safety. Unpaid fines will
be forwarded to the district magistrate and will be subject to additional fines and costs.
All persons who possess, maintain, or operate a motor vehicle on campus between 7:30
a.m. and 4:00 p.m. are required to register such vehicle with the Department of Public
Safety, Thorn #1 Building, Thorn Street. Registration must be completed during the academic registration period.
1. Such persons must present a student I.D.
2. Any person acquiring the use of a motor vehicle after the regular registration period
who intends to operate the vehicle on campus must register the vehicle within 24 hours
with the Department of Public Safety, Thorn # 1 Building, Thorn Street. Motor vehicles
must be registered even when their use is intermittent.

Career Services
The Office of Career Services is a centralized career development office serving all
Clarion University students and alumni. Its goal is to provide quality career services as well
as encourage student growth, initiative, and autonomy. Its primary objectives are to teach
students career management skills that have life-long application and usefulness and to
enable them to deal with changes occurring throughout their careers. Individual assistance,
programs, and resources are provided to help students: (1) make informed career and
educational decisions, (2) prepare for the job search, and (3) begin the transition from
campus to career.
Since career planning is a continuous process, students are encouraged to make Career
Services an integral part of their entire university experience. The services are designed to
educate and guide students through the career planning process: discovering abilities and
interests, exploring educational and career options, making decisions, planning activities to
progress toward desired goals, implementing a job search, or applying to additional graduate
programs.
For those initiating a job search, Career Services provides a credentials service; oncampus recruiting by employers; individual counseling for students with job search concerns; a career library of employer and graduate school information; technology for developing job search materials; the ‘‘Careerline” newsletter; job search workshops; an individualized resume service; a mock interview program; job fairs; and job bulletins.
Information on the post-graduation activities of Clarion’s graduates is available upon
request from the Office of Career Services.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Master of Science Degree
in Biology
College of Arts and Sciences
Graduate Faculty
Professors: W. Barnes, W. Belzer, P. Dalby, R. McPherson, K. Mechling. T. Morrow, G. TwiesL J. Williams, E.

Zielinski; Asao&te Woksors: L. Bering, K. Eggleton, M. Rittec Assistant
T. Martin, D. Smith, C. Williams

Professors: S. Hamis. W. Jetkiewicz,

Program Objectives
The Master of Science program in biology is designed for those interested in biological
research as a profession or as a preliminary step in pursuing a Ph.D. in biology.
The primary objectives of the Master of Science program in biology are to:
● Prepare professional biologists.
● Prepare individuals for leadership roles in environmental, educational, and laboratory-oriented science.
☛ Prepare biologists for research-oriented careers.
● Prepare individuals for further graduate work.
A candidate for the Master of Science program in biology may concentrate in one of the
following areas of biological emphasis: physiology, ecology, genetics, microbiology, immunology, molecular biology, and systematic.

Admission Requirements
College of Graduate Studies admission requirements apply with the following addition:
. Applicants must submit the Department of Biology’s preliminary application form
and Graduate Record Exam (GRE) general test scores.
Full admission status will be granted to applicants who have bachelor’s degrees in biology
and a 2.75 overall quality-point average (QPA) on a 4.0 scale. Applicants u expected to
have completed the equivalent of the Clarion University undergraduate biology requirements in chemistry, mathematics, physics, as well as one year of general biology, and one
semester each of cell biology, genetics, and ecology. Any deficiencies will be noted in the
acceptance letter, and the student will be required to remove them by exam or by taking the
course(s) as soon as possible.
Provisional admission status may be granted to applicants who have an overall QPA less
than 2.75 and/or a bachelor’s degree in a major other than biology. An applicant admitted
to provisional status may be admitted to full status after completing nine semester hours of
graduate study with an A or B grade in each course and removal of all deficiencies.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Biology

13

Degree Requirements
To fulfill the degree requirements for graduation, the student must:
. Remove all deficiencies in a manner acceptable to the Department of Biology.
. Complete 30 semester hours, including required courses, with a QPA of 3.0 or better.
. Pass a written comprehensive examination after completing 18 credits with a cumulative QPA of not less than 3.00/4.00. At least three of the following areas must be
included in the comprehensive examination:
Ecology
Evolution
Developmental Biology
Genetics

Morphology
Molecular Biology
Physiology
Systematic

study and submit a written thesis. A written prospectus of the research must be approved by the candidate’s graduate committee before
research is initiated. When a preliminary draft of the thesis is judged by the major
advisor to be suitable, the candidate will provide each member of his or her committee
with a copy of the preliminary draft. The date of the oral thesis defense must be
announced to the general college faculty prior to the defense. The defense will be
conducted by the candidate’s graduate committee, which will report its approval or
disapproval along with recommended revisions. At least five copies of the final draft
of the thesis shall be prepared by the student, who will deliver them to the major
advisor who will obtain the appropriate signatures and deliver the copies to the College
of Graduate Studies. A binding fee will be charged to the student by the Office of
Graduate Studies.

. Conduct an original indepenctent

. Complete a minimum of six credits of Biology 700 and any and all courses that may
be required for their programs as determined by their graduate committee. Candidates
must take two Biology 500 Seminar courses, one of which must be in a general area
outside their research area. It is the expectation of the Biology Department that the
first priority of all graduate students is completion of the requirements for the master’s
degree. Reasonable progress as determined by the student’s advisor and committee
must be made.
Only 400,500$600, and 700-level courses can be taken for graduate credit. No more than
six semester hours of 400-level courses taken for graduate credit may count toward the
master’s degree.

Placement
A great need for good professional biologists exists at the present, and the need should
continue in the foreseeable future. Projections for the 1990s by both industry and federal
government sources indicate that the need for life scientists and health workers should
increase rapidly. The need for individuals with additional training and more specialized
training than required for a B.A. or B.S. degree is increasing. Placement of past graduates
of the program has been excellent in teaching and research; federal, state, and local government; private industry; medical technology; dentistry; optometry; and doctoral and specialist
programs.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

14

Biology

Graduate Assistantships
A limited number of graduate assistantships and/or research assistantships are available.
Graduate assistants are assigned to assist in laborato~ supervision in the undergraduate
program in biology. Research assistants generally work on a grant-funded project directed
by a faculty member. Graduate assistants must have full admission status.
All applicants for graduate assistantships must first complete the regular admission
procedure and submit the application for a graduate assistantship to the Department of
Biology. Applicants for graduate teaching assistantships must request that their referees
include in their three letters of recommendation a statement concerning the student’s potential as a laboratory assistant.
All applicants for graduate assistantships will be required to complete an interview prior
to appointment.
Applicants for graduate assistantships must submit completed applications no later than
April 15; appointments are usually made by May 15 of each year.

Advisement
Before the first course work is begun, the successful applicant should meet with the
general graduate advisor for orientation and assistance in planning the first semester program. The student should initiate the selection of a major advisor and a graduate committee
during the first semester at Clarion. The student and the graduate committee shall develop
an academic research program leading to the M.S. degree. The student will be responsible
for scheduling a Graduate Committee meeting once per semester to evaluate progress toward
the completion of the program. Minutes of the graduate meetings will become a part of the
student’s permanent file.
A minimum of nine credits per semester is considered a full load for graduate students.
Twelve semester hours is a maximum load during the summer sessions. Exceptions maybe
authorized by the dean of the College of Graduate Studies upon recommendation by the
Department of Biology acting upon a written p etition by the stud ent.
It is the candidate’s responsibility to file, with the aid of his or her major advisor, an
Application for Graduation prior to the published deadline during the semester in which he
or she intends to graduate.

Courses
Courses may be taken from any curriculum in the Graduate Catalog. Students are encouraged to go outside the Department of Biology for courses if their program goals and
career interests will be benefited as determined by their graduate committee.
While students can, and frequently do, take undergraduate courses at all levels of instruction, only 400, 500, 600, and 700-level courses can be taken for graduate credit. No more
than six semester hours of 400-level courses may count toward the master’s degree. The
400-level courses which may count toward the master’s degree are BIOL 420, 424, 460,
461,462,464,470,471, 472, CHEM 453, and CHEM 463.

Definition of Terms
Departmental Graduate Committee concerning admission of students and the existence of deficiencies.
General Graduate Advisor—A designated advisor in the Department of Biology who
meets all new graduate students and assists them in planning their first semester program
of courses and/or recommends them to major advisors when desirable.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Biology

15

Major Advisor—A member of the graduate faculty who accepts a student for counseling
and advisement during his or her course work and research and in the presentation and
defense of his or her thesis or project report.
Graduate Committee—A committee of at least three members selected from the graduate
faculty to aid the student in determining a course of study and to prepare, administer, and
grade the student’s comprehensive exam and thesis. The student’s major advisor will chair
this committee.

Physical Facilities
The Department of Biology is located in the Peirce Science Center, a modem four-story
building. The department is provided with excellent laboratories, classrooms, and research
areas. These facilities are well supplied with sophisticated equipment and instrumentation
necessary for studying the many facets of biology. In addition, the department also maintains
continually expanding herbarium and vertebrate biology collections, animal and aquarium
rooms, an environmental chamber room, a cell culture laboratory, and a greenhouse located
adjacent to the building. Field work is conducted on land owned by the college and adjacent
to the campus or on the huge expanse of state, federal, or privately-owned land/waters in
close proximity to the university. Ecologically interesting areas within a 100-mile radius of
the campus include the Jennings Nature Preserve, Allegheny National Forest, Cook Forest
State Park, Tionesta Scenic Area, Heart’s Content Scenic Area, Presque Isle State Park,
Power Mill Nature Reserve, and the Pymatuning Region.

Pymatuning Laboratory of Ecology
Because of a unique cooperative program with the University of Pittsburgh, Clarion
University is able to offer an outstanding program of studies in ecology. Courses are taken
at Clarion Campus during the academic year. In the summer, an excellent academic program
is offered at the Pymatuning Laboratory of Ecology, a unit of the University of Pittsburgh.
Classes are taught and research is directed by members of both institutions. The laboratory
is located approximately one and one-half hours northwest of Clarion on the shores of the
Pymatuning Reservoir.
The teaching and research facilities of the field laboratory are on a site within a wildlife
sanctuary and propagation area managed by the Pennsylvania Game Commission. A hatchery of the Pennsylvania Fish Commission is adjacent to these facilities. The housing and
dining area for the laboratory is located three miles away, on the public portion of the
Pennsylvania Reservoir. A waterfront area is available for recreational use by students and
staff.

Release of Data from M.S. Thesis-Publication Policy
Publications resulting from research done at Clarion University shall give credit to persons
involved in the research, to Clarion University, and to any granting agencies which supported
the research.

Biology Courses
3 s.h.
VERTEBRATE BIOLOGY AND SYSTEMATIC
BIOL 420:
A survey course dealing with the various aspects of classification, evolutionary relationships, morphology, zoogeography, ethology, ecology, and physiology of vertebrates, with special reference to those from Pennsylvania.
Prerequisites: BIOL 153 and BIOL 202 or permission of the instructor. Spring, odd-numbered years.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

16

Biology

3 s.h.
FRESHWATER ICHTHYOLOGY
BIOL 424:
A study of the classification, evolutionary relationships, distribution, morphology, ethology, ecology, and physiology of fishes. Lab exercises emphasize the identification of families and species of fish from the Eastern United
States, with emphasis on Pennsylvania forms. Pennsylvania fishing license required. Two lectures and three lab hotux
weekly. Fail, even-numbemd years.
3 s.h.
BIOL 460:
COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ANATOMY
This course traces the most important trends in the evolution of basic structures in vertebrate lines and conveys an
appreciation of how the mammals came to possess the combination of characters that make this group unique. Two
lectures and three laboratory hours weekly. Prerequisites: BIOL 153, !54. Spring, even-numbered years.
VERTEBRATE EMBRYOLOGY
3 s.h.
BIOL 461:
A descriptive study of the development of vertebrates, including early processes and the formation of organ systems.
Two lectures and three laboratory hours weekly. Prerequisite: One year of biology. Spring, odd-numbered years.
3 s.h.
BIOL 462:
HISTOLOGY
A study of the microscopic structure of tissues comprising the organ system of animals, including man. One lecture
and two double-period laboratories. Prerequisite: One year of biology. On demand.

3 s.h.
BIOL 464:
DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
A study of the major processes in development and their underlying mechanism. Includes a descriptive study and
mechanisms such as differentiation, induction. and morphogenesis. Materials deal primarily with animal &velopment.
Two lectures and three laboratory hours weekly. Prerequisites: BIOL 153, 154, 201, and General Chemistry. Fall,
annually.
ANIMAL ECOLCKiY
3 s.h.
A course dealing with the interrelationships of animals and their environment, including physical and biological
factors. Discussions and investigations will include animal distribution, predator-prey interactions. competition,
species diversity, energetic, population, and community organization. Field and laboratory studies included. Prerequisite: BIOL 202. Spring, even-numbered years.

BIOL 470:

3 s.h.
PLANT ECOLOGY
BIOL 471:
An in-depth approach to the interaction of plants with the physical and biotic environments at population. community, ecosystem. and landscape scales. Lecture and discussion will fmus on current topics in plant wology such
as disturbance, succession, herbivory. dispersal. competition, and environmental stress. Labomtory will include fieldbased experimental and descriptive investigations of plant populations and communities. Two hours Icctureldiscussion
and three laboratory hours weekly. Prerequisite: BIOL 202. On demand.
PARASITOLOGY
3 s.h.
B1OL 472:
A study of parasites in relation to human beings and their domesticated animals. Emphasis is placed upon morphology and life histories in addition [o the ecology of the piuasite. Two lectures amd three laboratory hours weekly.
Fall, annually.
I-2 s.h.
BIOL 500:
GRADUATE SEMINAR
A survey of current literature, concepls, and theories from selected fields of biology. Two discussion hours weekly.
By arrangement.
3 s.h.
BIOL 502:
EXPERIMENTAL DESIGNS IN BIOLOGY
Collection and presentation of biological data. Pmsentsftmdamental aspects of designing experiments with emphasis
on applications to the biological research. Applications to graduate research currently in progress in the Department
of Biology are incorporated. Three lecture hours per week.
I-4 s.h.
SPECIAL TOPICS IN BIOLOGY
BIOL 503:
Semi-independent studies of topical material under the guidance of the instructor. Maximum credit allowable
toward graduation: nine semester houm. Prerequisites: permission of instmctor and the student’s graduate committee.
3 s.h.
TERRESTRIAL BOTANY
BIOL 520:
A field course emphasizing the identification, distribution, and ecology of upland vascular plants of Western
Pennsylvania. Field and laboratory projects will focus on plant characteristics, taxonomic relations, floristics, habitat
relationship, inventory methods, and plant community description and dynamics. (Pymatuning)
BIOL 521:
AQUATIC ENTOMOLOGY
3 s.h.
Emphasis in this course is on identification of the major gmupsof invertebrates playing a role in natural communities
and on the methods of quantifying their relative importance in the community. (Pymatuning)
AQUATIC BOTANY
3 s.h.
BIOL 522:
Study of freshwater rdgae and aquatic vascular plants in field communities, methods of quantifying relative numbers
and mass, and structural and physiological adaptations to the aquatic environment. (Pymatuning)
EXPERIMENTAL VERTEBRATE ECOLOGY
3 s.h.
BIOL 523:
Designed to give knowledge of basic field identification, capture techniques, quantification, and natund history of
some of the common vertebrates of Pennsylvania. (Pymatuning)

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Biology

17

BIOL 524:
MICROBIAL PHYSIOLOGY
4 s.h.
A study of the physiological reaction involved in the growth, reproduction, and death of microbes. Consideration
is placed upon the metabolism of carbohydrates, proteins, vitamins, and fats. Enzymes, oxidation-reduction potentials,
energy relationships, membrane potentials, and nutrients are considered. Prerequisites: General Microbiology and
Biochemistry or permission of instructor. Two hours of lecture and four hours of lab per week.
BIOL 525:
FISHERIES BIOLOOY
3 s.h.
Ecology of fish populations, including identification, age and growth, populations estimation and analysis, food
babits, environmental requirements, and management considerations. Prerequisites: Environmental Biology or permission of instmctor. Three hours lecture per week. Laboratory sessions held on Saturdays. Student must possess a
valid Pennsylvania fishing license.
BIOL 526:
FIELD ICHTHYOLOGY
3 s.h.
A field course dealing with the interrelationships of fish with their biotic and abiotic environment. Fish in their
natural habitats, pollution, and improvements of aquatic habitats, and applied aspects of fish ecology and fishery
management will be studied. (Pymatuning). Student must possess a valid Pennsylvania fishing license.
BIOL 527:
PLANT TAXONOMY AND FIELD BOTANY
3 s.h.
A field-based course emphasizing the identification, classification, distribution, and evolutionary relationships of
vmcular plants with particular empha.sis on the flora of Western Pennsylvania and adjacent regions. Two hours lecture
and three hours laborato~ or field work weekly. Prerequisite: BIOL 154; BIOL 202 is highly recommended. Fall,
odd-numbered years.
VIROLOGY
BIOL 543:
3 s.h.
A study of plant, animal, and bacterial viruses, including the biochemistry of viruses and viral life cycles, techniques
in the study of viruses in relation to diseases, tumors, and cancer. Prerequisites: Microbiology or Biochemistry or
permission of instructor. Three hours lecture per week.
BIOL 544:
IMMUNOLOGY
4 s.h.
A study of cellular immunology, immunochemistry, and immunogenetics, with emphasis on the physiology of
immune responses. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Three hours lecture and three hours lab per week.
4 s.h.
BIOL 546:
PATHOGENIC MICROBIOLOGY
A study of the bacteria fungi, and viruses which cause human disease. Laboratory emphasis is on isolation and
identification of pathogens and on elementary immunology. Two lectures and four laboratory hours weekly. Prerequisites: BIOL 341. Spring, annually.
4 s.h.
BIOL 550:
CELL PHYSIOLOGY
The study of the molecular dynamics of eukaryotic cells. The material deals specifically with eukaryotic cells.
Major topics include functional and structural organization of the cell, molecular regulation of cell function, and the
cell as a biochemical transducer. Graduate students taking the course must complete an assigned class project. Two
lecture sessions and four laboratory hours per week. Prerequisites: Completion of BIOL 153, 154, 201, 203, and
CHEM 254 or permission of the instructor.
I-3 s.h.
BiOL 551:
ADVANCED ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
A detailed treatment of fundamental concepts and techniques of animal physiology. Includes literature reviews and
individual investigations. Two hours lecture and three hours lab per week.
3 s.h.
BIOL 552:
ADVANCED PLANT PHYSIOLOGY
Life processes and responses of plants to the environment. Topics include water relations, transpiration, translocation, photosynthesis, respiration, metabolism. plant hormones and morphogenesis, photoperiodism, temperature
responses, environmental and stress physiology. Two Iectum.s and three hours laboratory weekly. prerequisites: BIOL
201, 203, and CHEM 254. Spring, odd-numbered years.
BIOL 555:
3 s.h.
ENDOCRINOLNY
A survey of the chemical and physiological principles of hormonal integrations in animals. Three lecture hours per
week.
3 s.h.
BIOL 556:
ENTOMOLOGY
A general study of insects, including structure, physiology, classification, economic importance, and relationships.
Two lectures and three hours of laboratory or field work weekly. Fall, odd-numbered years.
BIOL 563:
3 s.h.
BEHAVIORAL ECOLOGY
An examination of the behavior of animals in relation to their natural environment with emphasis on the functioning
of patterns of behavior in nature, intraspecific communication and social organization, behavioral relationships
between species, and the regulation of behavior by the environment. (Pymatuning)

BIOL 571:

6 s.h.
HABITAT ECOLOGY-AQUATIC
A detailed examination is made of the structurw and functioning of selected aquatic ecosystems. Emphasis is placed
on tbe interrelationships of functioning systems. (3 credits at Pymatuning)
BIOL 572:
6 s.h.
TERRESTRIAL COMMUNITY ECOLOGY
A study of the composition, distribution, and dynamics of plants and animals in selected terrestrial communities.
Major biomes to be included will he grassland, deciduous forest. coniferous forest, and tundra. Summers only: six
weeks. (3 credits at Pyma[uning)

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

18

BIOL 573:
LIMNOLOGY
A field oriented study of the physics, chemistry, and biology of standing and flowing inland waters.

Biology

3 s.h.

BIOL 574:
ECOLfX3Y OF AQUATIC INSECIX
3 S.h.
Examination of the ecological adaptations of aquatic insects with special emphasis on morphology, habita~ and
trophic relationships. (Pymatuning)
BIOL 575:
EXPERIMENTAL ECOLOGY
3 s.h.
Study of designs suitable for investigation of natural populations and communities stmsing statistical analysis, and
the logical control of experiments in natural situations. (Pymatuning)
BIOL 576:
FUNGAL ECOLOGY
3 s.h.
Emphasis will been the mleof fungi in the decomposition of organic materials in terrestrial and aquatic communities,
and the recycling of mineral nutrients. (Pymatuning)
BIOL 577:
FOREST ECOLOGY
3 s.h.
Study of the composition, methods of analysis, developmen~ and manipulation of forests in the United States.
Emphasis is placed on methods of studying forest composition and development. (Pymatuning)
BIOL 578:
BIOME STUDIES
3 s.h.
A travel-study program which offers opportunities for study in the various biomes, e.g., grasslands, rnontane,
seashore, etc. Summets only. Prerequisites: Environmental Biology or permission of instructor.
BIOL 579:
ALPINE ECOLOGY
3 s.h.
Students travel to the Beartooth Mountains in northern Wyoming where rhey may undertake field studies of aquatic
and terrestrial communities along an aptitudinal transect. Perrnissionto register gmrttedon an individual basis. (Students
will share cost of travel and food. Tents md cooking facilities will be provided.) (Pymattming)
BIOL 581:
MICROBIAL GENETICS
3 s.h.
A study of bacterial and viral genetics with emphasis upon mutation, mutant selection, gene ixtion, recombination
genetic mapping gene regulation, and recombinant DNA technology. ldorato~ sessions are on art ananged basis.
Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Two lecture and three lab hours per week.
BIOL 582:
EVOLUTION
3 s.h.
A study of the principles of evolution and its links with am-asof biology. Topics to include the history of evolutionary
thoughL species concepts and spcciation processes, phyiogenetic patterns and their reconstruction, diversity of life,
and the mechanisms of evolution. Completion of core curricula in biology or equivalent is required. Spring, evennumbered years.
4 s.h.
BIOL 583:
MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
The study of the structural and functional relatiorrshipa of the major biological macrwnolecules, with emphasis on
nucleic acid biology. Current systems, methods. and applications of biotechnology, including recombinant DNA
techniques, will be emphasized in the laboratory. Two lectures and three laboratory hours weekly. Spring, annually.
4 s.h.
B1OL 585:
BIOTECHNOLOGY
Advanced topics in the current systems, methods, and applications of recombinant DNA and protein biotechnology.
llrrec hours Iecturddiscussion and three hours lab each week. Prerequisite: BIOL 483/583 or consent of instructor.
Fall, annually.
BIOL 591:
BIOGEOGRAPHY
3 s.h.
The subject matter covers aspects of the distribution of plants and animals. Main topics of concern include
interpretive approaches to biogeography, paleobiogeographic evidence of past distributions, the centers of origin of
various groups, mechanisms and routes of dispcrsaJ and colonization, and the dynamics of extinction. Prerequisites:
Genetics and Environmental Biology.
4 s.h.
BIOL 592:
ETHOLOGY
A study of the biological concepts of animal behavior. An investigation of topics such as sensory receptors, internal
mechanisms, genetics, learning and habituation, social organization, and communication. Labomtoryexercises involve
techniques of obsexwtion and experiments in animal behavior. Two hours Iecturt and three hours lab or field work
per week.
4 s.h.
BIOL 593:
COMMUNITY AND ECOSYSTEM DYNAMICS
An in-depth approach to the structure, function, and dynamics of ecological systems at community, ecosystem, and
landscape scales. Lecture and discussion will focus on current topics such as niche theory, the regulation of community
structure, food webs, ecological stability. diversity, succession, and energy and material cycles. Laboratory will
emphasize field-based descriptive and investigative studies of local communities and ecosystems. Three hours lecture
and three hours lab weekly. Prerequisites: BIOL 202 or equivalent is required. A basic statistics course is highly
desirable. Fall, even-numbered years.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

19

Biology

4 s.h.
BIOL 594:
POPULATION BIOLOGY
This course deals with the empirical, experimental, and theoretical aspects of the structure, growth, and evolution
of biological populations. The course will take a holistic approach to how population genetics and ~pulation ecology
interact to produce observed population structure and dynamics. Three hours Iecturddiscussion and three lab hours
weekly. Prerequisites: BIOL 202, MATH 260, or permission of the instmctor. Spring. odd-numbered years.
BIOL 600:
By permission.

SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN BIOLOGY

BIOL 700:

RESEARCH AND THESIS

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

1-3 s.h.

minimum of 6 s.h.

20

Master of Business Administration
College of Business Administration
Graduate Faculty
Prof~: L. Ackerman, R. Balough, W. Campbell, S. Chen, J. Eicher, S. Ewedemi,

L. Felketti, W. Fulmer, B.

Garland J. Grunenwald, P. Kim, T. Oliver, J. Pesek, C. Pineno, A. Que. J. Reed, W. Ross, W. Sanders, S. Sohng, W.
Stine, T. Stuhldreher, K. Traynor, M. VanLandinghiun, T. Vernon, T. Wilson, C. Yang, W. Yeaney; Associate
Professors: J. Eichlin, C. Farinacci, M. Haggetty, T. Johns, L. Smith, Assktant Professor: G. Bish

Program Objectives
The major objective is to provide a basic core of knowledge about various theories,
techniques, and practices of administering business activities and problem solving. In
addition, candidates for the degree have an opportunity for in-depth study in a particular
area of interest. Specific objectives are to prepare candidates for:
. positions in middle management with private and public organizations;
● teaching positions in community colleges;
● enrollment in doctoral programs in business administration.

The program is designed for candidates with undergraduate degrees in fields other than
business administration as well as graduates of business degree programs. Graduate courses
are offered in the evening to facilitate attendance of employed or part-time students.

Admissions Requirements
College of Graduate Studies admission requirements apply with the following additions:
Students must submit official scores on the Graduate Management Admissions Test
(GMAT).
Applicants currently employed should include references from both professors and/or
employers among the three letters of reference.

Course Requirements for Graduates
A. Foundation Courses
At least 39 credit hours of undergraduate courses or their equivalents must be completed
with a grade of ‘‘C” or better to meet the undergraduate ‘‘common body of knowledge’
that make up the foundation courses requisite for the M.B.A. degree. Foundation requirements may be satisfied by course work at Clarion or other approved institutions. They may
also be satisfied by the “Advanced Placement-Credit By Exam’ option (refer to Undergraduate Catalog). Foundation requirements must be completed within the first 15 hours of
graduate work. The following are the foundation courses:

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Business Administration

21

ECON 212 or 310: Mimoeconomics*
ECON 2! 1 or 311: Macroeconomics*
CIS I 10: Computer Information Processing
A(TIX3 251: Financial Accounting
A~G 252: Managerial Accounting
ECON 221: Economic and Business Statistics I
ECON 222: Economic and Business Statistics Ii
BSAD 240: Legal Environment I
MGMT 320: Management Theory and Practice
MKTG 360: Principles of Marketing
FIN 370: Financial Management
MATH 232: Calculus for Business
MGMT 425: Production Management

*Entering students who are deficient in the economics area of the c ommon kdy of
knowledge are strongly recommended to take the intermediate sequence in lieu of principles.

B. Core Courses
The following courses (24 semester hours) are required of all M.B.A. candidates:
ACTG 552: Management Accounting
ECON 510: Advanced Managerial Economics
ECON 603: Quantitative Anatysis for Business Decisions
FIN 570: Managerial Finance
MKTG 560: Marketing Decision Making
MGMT 521: Organization Structure and Behavior
MGMT 626: Production/Operations Management
BSAD 690: Administration and Business Policy

Students may petition to substitute another graduate-level course for a core course.
Students who have majored in the discipline covered by the M.B.A. core course may be
required to substitute another graduate-level course. The criteria are that: (a) the student has
taken at least 15 credits in that field and (b) the student possesses the knowledge to be
gained in the core course. Course substitution requires the recommendation of the M.B.A.
director in counsel with the department chair in question. Evidence such as competency
testing may be required, especially for the use of non-business courses.

C. Electives
In addition to the M.B.A. core, all students will complete the balance of 33 credits of
graduate course work from the following courses, subject to the offering of those courses
and the approval of the M.B.A. director/advisor.
ACTG 451,452,453.454,455,
402,403,462
BSAD 601,637,699
ECON 410,423,470,490,570,
FIN 471,476,480,671,676
MGMT 420,423,483,485,621,
MKTG 460,461,465,468,562,

CIS

461,463,490,499,554, 650,652,653

600,611,612,699
622,625
604,661

A maximum of three hours of approved 400-level courses, taken for graduate credit, may
be used as electives. A maximum of nine graduate credit hours toward the 33 required for
the M.B.A. may be transfemed from accredited graduate programs with the approval of the
M.B.A. program director and the department chair of the course for which transfer credit is
sought. No graduate credit is granted for correspondence courses.
All students will be expected to complete the computer foundation course in the first
semester at Clarion. Students with this foundation, but from schools other than Clarion,
will be expected to attend a workshop during the first semester that introduces them to the
Clarion computing facilities. Fundamental computer literacy will be assumed in graduate
course work.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

22

Business Administration

Performance Requirements
Students who earn more than six hours of graduate credit at Clarion with a grade of “C’
or earn any credits with grades below “C” and/or fall below a 3.00/4.00 graduate overall
quality-point average (QPA) are automatically placed on probation. Students whose QPA
in the foundation courses falls below a 3.00/4.00 are also placed on probation. Students
placed on probation must achieve satisfactory academic standing within one semester of
registration or be removed from the program. All prerequisite (undergraduate) courses for
a given course must be completed prior to taking that course.
MGMT 521 and ECON 603 must be taken before completing 12 hours of graduate course
work, and BSAD 690 must be taken during the last semester of graduate course work.
ECON 603 and ECON 510 are prerequisites for MGMT 626. The maximum time for
completion of the degree program is six calendar years from the date of first enrollment.

Specialized Options
Students pursuing the M.B.A. degree may enroll in the PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANCY COURSE OF STUDY. Clarion University undergraduate students may also apply
for this course of study, and upon completion will have received both the Bachelor of
Science in Business Administration and the Master of Business Administration degrees.
Only those students whose career aspirations require the highest discipline in accounting
expertise are advised to apply for this course of study. The sequence of 164 total semester
hours of course work, including 36 s.h. of graduate course work, is designed to prepare
students for entry into the practice of professional accountancy as prescribed by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Entrance into the Professional Accountancy
course of study will normally occur upon admission to the M.B.A. Program or, for undergraduates, during the student’s junior year upon formal approval of the Department of
Accountancy chair. Entrance into this program for undergraduate students does not ensure
admission into the M.B.A. program upon completion of the bachelor’s degree. Interested
students should contact the Department of Accountancy chair for details and options.
The College of Business Administration, in conjunction with the College of Arts and
Sciences, offers a LIBERAL ARTS PRE-PROFESSIONAL MBA OPTION. Undergraduate
foundation course requirements in business administration maybe taken concurrently with
a liberal arts major, giving students many of the courses prerequisite to the M.B.A. Program
prior to graduation. Undergraduates interested in this program should contact their liberal
arts advisor for details and requirements.
Students wishing to pursue the PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANCY or the LIBERAL
ARTS PRE-PROFESSIONAL options must follow the normal M.B.A. admission procedures. Admission to one of these options does not guarantee admission to, nor completion
of, the M.B.A. degree.

Placement
Graduate students are encouraged to use the services of the University Career Services
Office. Graduates often obtain positions with banks, manufacturing concerns, accounting
firms, other business and industrial organizations, hospitals, and government agencies.

Graduate Assistantships
Graduate assistantships are available to qualified M.B.A. students. Awarded competitively, they cover some or all basic tuition expenses and provide a stipend. They also may
furnish additional opportunity for close work with graduate faculty on a variety of research
projects. Applications for assistantships are available in the M.B.A. Office.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Business Administration

23

Advisement
All graduate students are assigned an advisor upon admission. Students must obtain the
signature of their advisor when registering for courses, changing schedules, on any special
requests for course substitutions, independent study, individualized instruction, internship,
or special problems courses.

Physical Facilities
The College of Business Administration is housed in Dana S. Still Hall. This modem
facility contains its own microcomputer lab with about 30 personal computers and eight
VAX terminals providing access to the university’s DEC VAX systems and Internet, as
well as a local network for PC applications. Graduate student offices in Still are also PC
equipped with access to the mainframe computers.
There is a Reading Center for business students in Still Hall, and the university library is
situated only one block away.

Accounting Courses
ACTG 45 I :
ACCOUNTING PROBLEMS
3 s.h.
A problem-oriented study of topics most often tested on the CPA exam. Included are inventory methods, long-term
contracts, pa~erships, leases, consignments, installment sales, receiverships, fiduciary accounting, and government
accounting. Preparations for the practice portion CPA exam are emphasized. Prerequisite: ACTG 355. Each semester.
ACTG 452:
ADVANCED COST ACCOUNTING
3 s.h.
A study of advanced concepts of cost accounting as a means of providing useful quantitative information for
decision making. Topics include inventory valuation, cost allocations, joint-product and by-product costs, process
costing, accounting systems, profit center costs, and segment performance measuring. Prerequisites: A(XG 352. Each
semester.
ACTG 453:
PROBLEMS IN FEDERAL TAXATION ACCOUNTING
3 s.h.
Federal income tax concepts and compliance problems of partnerships, corporations, estates, and trusts. Also a
brief consideration of the concepts of social security, estate, and gift taxation. Prerequisites: A~G 353. Each semester.
ACTG 454:
COMPARATIVE ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS
3 s.h.
The major objective of the course is to help the student to develop a holistic approach to the concepts and practices
for the examination and exploration of accounting systems. Specialized accounting systems will be discussed in detail
dependent upon the interest and desires of students. Prerequisites: A~G251, 252,350,351, CIS 223 and 301. Each
semester.
A~G 455:
NOT FOR PROFIT ENTITIES
3 s.h.
A study of the principles and practices of budgeting and accounting for activities of entities that are operated for
pufpo~s o~er ~~ making profits. prerequisite: A~G 351. Each semester.
A~G 461:
INTERNATIONAL ACCOUNTING
3 s.h.
The theory, practice, procedures, and issues of accounting in representative foreign countries, including important
differences between domestic and international accounting. The international issues of currency translation, inflation,
financial reporting, standards including auditing, and taxation will be considered. Prerequisites: ACTG 35 I or consent
of the instructor. Each semester.
ACTG 443:
TAX PLANNING
3 s.h.
A survey course to acquaint the student with tax planning techniques which can be used to accomplish an individual’s
financisd goals. An understanding of financial position, cash flow and income, gift and estate tax matters enables the
student to suggest actions that tit the individual’s financial priorities. Prerequisite: ACTG 353. Once annually.
ACTG 490:

CURRENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
AND PRACtlCE
3 s.h.
A research study of current Financial Accounting Standards Board statements of standards, interpretations, concepts,
exposure drafts, and discussion memorandums. The intemshipexperience and completed term paper will be discussed
and integrated with the pronouncements. Prerequisite: COOP 420: Accounting internship. Spring Semester.
A(TG 499
SPECIAL TOPICS IN ACCOUNTING
3 s.h.
Various current topics affecting accounting practice and theory will be presented. Different topics will be covered
from year to year as subjects of importance are identified. Prerequisite: ACTG 351 or consent of the instructor. On
demand.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Business Administration

24

3 s.h.
MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING
ACTG 552:
A graduate course for non-accounting majors which deals with the application of concepts and tools of accounting
analysis necessary for planning, control. and decision-making functions of nationat and multinational organizations.
Topics include financial statement analysis and interpretation, budgeting, standards, and forecasting. Prerequisites:
ACf’G 25 I and A(TTG 252.
3 s.h.
ADVANCED AUD~ING
Am 554:
An advanced study of current topics in auditing. The course is intended to develop more complex issues than those
encountered in an introductory auditing course. Topics include current audit influences, special problems with audit
reports, SEC practice, computer auditing, and related topics. Prerequisite: A~G 354 (or its equivalent).
3 s.h.
THEORY OF ACCOUNTS
ACTG 650:
A study of past and contemporary accourrling theories. The course is concerned with the historical development of
accounting and its evolution to present times. Ptesent-day accounting concepts are critically examined from the
standpoint of bow well they serve the needs of those who use the products of accounting. Prerequisite: ACTG 35 I or
its equivalent or permission of the instructor.
ADVANCED COST AND MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
3 s.h.
ACTG 652:
A study of complex problems in cost accounting. Use of cost accounting as a tool for managerial corrtsol is
emphasized. Prerequisite: ACTG 352 or its equivalent or permission of the instructor.
ACTG 653:
FEDERAL TAX RESEARCH AND PRAfflCE
3 s.h.
A study of federal tax law emphasizing the underlying philosophy of the law. Research procedures and techniques
in the handling of complicated problems in tax practice and tax planning will be set forth. Prwtquisite: ACTG 453
or its equivalent or permission of the instructor.

Business Administration Courses
INFORMATION SYSTEMS ANALYSIS
3 s.h.
BSAD 601:
A study of various types of information systems, with the primay focus being on computer-bawd systems for
business organizations. Emphasis is on the development.t management, and appraisal of information systems.

MULTINATIONAL BUSINESS SEMINAR
3-6 s.h.
This course incorporates art established program involving a consortium of American universities called the
“lntematiomd Business Seminar.” ‘k program involves a variety of trips to different nations for meetings with top
level executives of various organizations. l%e program is supplemented with a series of meetings with the instructors
both prior to and after muming fmm the trips. Individual assignments are made, and a text which includes topical
materiats is provided. The assignments are of a graduate level calibre, and am expected to produce presentable and/
or publishable papers. Participation m seminars is expected to be at the graduate level.
Should the student take this course for six credits, additional research will be required such that the student would
be able to demonstmte graduate-level competency in one select area of international business. The asea chosen will
be mutually acceptable to both the instructor and the student, and the instructor will guide the student’s research
efforts. Prerequisite: MGMT 320 and MGMT 521.
BSAD 637:

ADMINISTRATION AND BUSINESS POLICY
3 s.h.
BSAD 690:
Organizational goal achievement through the interaction of administrative processes is analyzed with a cortcentration on technology and structurr in a variety of environments. A case study approwh which incorpatescomparisons
and contrasts between businesses of various nations. Taken last M.B.A. semester and ajier all fourukuwn courses.
1-3 s.h.
(1-3 s.h. per enrollment; maximum of 6 s.h.)
A thorough study of a business topic selected by the student from his or her area of major interest. It may take the
form of research, readings, practical on-site applications, or a combination of these. Findings must be presented in a
written paper which the student may be required to defend orally before a committee of graduate faculty andor
graduate students. Prerequisites: One or more graduate courses in the area from which the special project is selected,
and consent of the student’s advisor.
BSAD 699:

SPECIAL PROBLEMS

Economics Courses
MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS
ECON 410:
3 s.h.
Use of economic analysis in the formulation of business policies. Decision theory and criteria for decision making
by the firm output and “Scale” decisions; linear programming; profits, production functions, and cost functions;
competitive equilibrium (industry and firm); demand theory pricing policies, capital budgeting, and investment;
uncertainty; inventory management. Prerequisites: ECON 222, 310, and A~G 252. On demand. Note: Cannot be
taken for credit after the completion of ECON 510.
STATISTICAL TOOLS FOR QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS
3 s.h.
ECON 423:
Application of the statistical methods of probability, sampling, estimation, analysis of variance, regression, and
comelation in the arms of economics and business. Prerequisites: ECON 222. Spring, biennially. Note: Cannot be
taken for credit after the completion of ECON 603.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Business Administration

25

ECON 470:
BUSINESS CYCLES AND FORECASTING
3 s.h.
Theories of business fluctuations; applica[ionsof modem income theory to business cycles; examination of business
cycle indicators and forecasting techniques. Prerequisite: ECON 21 I and ECON 222. Spring, annually. Note: Cannot
be taken for credit after the completion of ECON 570.
ECON 490:
HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT
3 s.h.
Development of economic ideas from ancient times to the present. Emphasis upon the period from Adam Smith
onward. Considers the economic and political environment in which ideas emerged as well as the leading economists
advartcing or defending the ideas. Prerequisite: ECON 21 I and 212 and senior standing. Spring, annually.
ECON 5 10:
ADVANCED MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS
3 s.h.
This course will focus on the development and practical application of theoretical and quantitative techniques to
business decision-making, including international applications. Optimization techniques draw on the student’s knowledge of economics, mathematics, and statistics through modeling and the use of computer statistical packages.
Prerequisite: Macroeconomics foundation course, ECON 222, MATH 232.
ECON 570:
ECONOMIC AND BUSINESS FORECASTING
3 s.h.
An advanced study of forecasting techniques and business conditions analysis. Topics include: economic indicator
analysis, classicaJ time series components, econometric forecasting techniques, exponential smoothing models, arrd
ARIMA models. Emphasis is placed on model development arrd evaluation using prewritten computer forecasting
routines. prerequisites: ECON 222 and macroeconomics foundation course.
ECON 600:
INDEPENDENT STUDY
3 s.h.
An opportunity for the graduate student to investigate in depth a facet of economics not covered by course offerings.
The topic of study and course requirements must be approved by the Department of Economics chair, and the work
must be supervised by a faculty member. Prerequisites: ECON 603, ECON 510 or ECON 611, and other requirements
as deemed appropriate by the faculty supervisor.
ECON 603:
QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS FOR BUSINESS DECISIONS
3 s.h.
Quantitative techniques and models which cart be used for solving many of the problems that arise in business,
including simple and multiple regression analysis, experimental design analysis of variance, nonparametric tests, time
series, decision theory, and inventory models. Opportunity is provided for students to become familiar with the use
of several computer statistical wf[wam packages. Applications include domestic and international situations. Prerequisites: ECON 222, MATH 232, CIS I 10.
ECON611 :

ADVANCED MICROECONOMIC ANALYSIS
FOR BUSINESS DECISIONS
3 s.h.
An advanced study of the logical and mathematical &velopment of macroeconomic theories and the application of
economic models to business problems. Major areas of study include demand theory, market models, welfare
economics, and general equilibrium analysis. Prerequisite: Microeconomics foundation course.
ECON 612:
ADVANCED MACROECONOMIC ANALYSIS
3 s.h.
An advanced study and analytical development of macroeconomic theory. Major areas include national income
accounts, aggregate income determination models, monetary aggregates, arrd macro dynamics. Prerequisite: Macroeconomics foundation course.
ECON 699:
SPECIAL TOPICS
3 s.h.
An opportunity for students [o investigate specific topics or current issues on the graduate level. Prerequisites
depend on the subject to be covered.

Finance Courses
FIN 471 :
FINANCIAL PROBLEMS
3 s.h.
A consideration by the case method of the financial problems of business firms. Prerequisite: FIN 370. Fall,
annually.
FIN 476:
PORTFOLIO THEORY AND MANAGEMENT
3 s.h.
Examination of modem portfolio theory and its application to investment strategies; study of options and futures
markets; investigation of market efficiency. Prerequisite: FIN 376. Spring, annually.
FIN 480:
MULTINATIONAL FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
3 s.h.
The theory and practice of financial management in multinational firms; focuses on important differences between
domestic and international financial decision making. Prerequisite: FIN 370. Once annually.
FIN 570:
MANAGERIAL FINANCE
3 s.h.
A study of financial management approaches to evaluating complex alternatives for using available resources in
both a domestic and a multinational context. prerequisites: ACTG 252, FIN 370.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

26

Business Administration

FIN 671 :
FINANCIAL THEORY AND PRACTICE
3 s.h.
A case-study approach to the theory and practice of corporate financial issues which must be addressed by a
financial manager. Emphasis will be placed on capital budgeting decisions under varying circumstances and theonztical
corporate financial concerns. Prerequisite: FIN 570.
FIN 676:
INVESTMENT
MANAGEMENT
3 s.h.
A study of the structure and management of investment portfolios. Various types of investments are examined in
terms of their risk elements and the purposes they serve.

Management Courses
MGMT 420:
OPERATIONS RESEARCH
3 S.h.
Scientific methods which provide managem with a quantitative basis for making deeisions. Emphasis is placed on
both the deterministic and stochastic methods, including the transportation method, linear programming, dynamic
programming, PERT, inventmycontrol, queuing thcmy, and Markov analysis. Prerequisite: ECON 222. Fall, annually.
MGMT 423:
BUSINESS AND SOCIETY
3 s.h.
A Study of concepts of, and theories abou~ intemelationships between business units and society in generaL The
concepts and theories are then employed in the analysis of complex environmental problems encountered by business
managers. Prerequisite: MGMT 320.
MGMT 483:
WAGE AND SALARY ADMINISTRATION
3 s.h.
A study of the formation and administration of compensation systems as they relate to the changing nature of
employee rewards and expectations. Emphasis will be given to job and performance evaluation, fringe benefits, and
rewards for special groups. Prerequisite: MGMT 324. Spring, annually.
MGMT 485:

INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS AND
PUBLIC POLICY
3 s.h.
An examination of industrial relations as it relates to federal, state, and local statutes and industrial policies. Speeific
topics covered include OSHA, EEOA, NLRA, LMRA, and LMRDA. Prerequisite: MGMT 324. Fall, annually.
MGMT 521:
ORGANIZATION STRUCTURE AND BEHAVIOR
3 s.h.
A study of the ways in which organizations, groups, ardlor individuals respond to managerial philosophy and
practice. Included is an analysis of the influence of various environments, mores, cultures, and societies on organizations. Emphasis is placed on the functions and processes of decision-making. Prerequisites: MGMT 320.
MGMT 621:
HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT
3 s.h.
A study of human resources management issues and practices in business organizations. Topics eovemd include
the analysis and design of jobs, stafling the organization, training, and development of employees. and the design and
administration of compensation systems. Prerequisite: MGMT 320.
MGMT 622:

BUSINESS OPERATIONS IN A MULTINATIONAL ENVIRONMENT
3 s.h.
A study of the nature, organization, and operation of multinational firms. Selected cases of foreign operations of
multinational corporations are discussed and analyzed. Prerequisite: MGMT 320.
MGMT 625:
LABOR ARB1TRATIONOJEGOTIATION
3 s.h.
A synthesis of industrial relations theory and practice. The union/employer tdationship will be explored fmm the
union organization drive through the continued negotiation of collective bargaining agreements, and attendant grievance arbitration procedures. Prerequisite: MGMT 320.
MGMT 626:
PRODUCllON/OPERATIONS M A N A G E M E N T
3 s.h.
A synthesis of concepts and techniques which relate directly to, and enhance the management of, production
systems and a life cycle approach following the production system from its inception to its termination is utilized.
Prerequisites: ECON 510, ECON 603.

Marketing Courses
MKTG 460:
SALES MANAGEMENT
3 s.h.
Designed to cover all aspects coneemed with the management of a sales force, including the seleetion and testing
of salespeople, training, devising compensation plans and expense amounts, tenitwies, quotas, and evaluations. Case
studies and problem-solving techniques are utilized. prerequisite: MKTG 360. Each semester.
MKTG 461:
MARKETlNG RESEARCH
3 s.h.
The application of scientific and statistical metlds and tools to the solution of marketing problems me studied.
Prerequisites: ECON 222 and MKTG 360. Each semester.
MKTG 465:
MARKEllNG PROBLEMS
3 s.h.
A consideration by the case method red/or simulation gaming method of the problems facing the producer and
reseller. prerequisites: MKTG 360, and senior standing. Each serm?ster.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Business Administration

27

MKTG 468:
3 s.h.
CONSUMER BEHAVIOR
The study of theories, models, recent researc h, and research techniques in consumer motivation and decision
making. Prerequisites: MKTG 360 and PSY 21 I or permission of the instructor. Each semester.

MKTG 560:
MARKETING DECISION MAKING
3 s.h.
The analysis of mari(eting concepts and problems from a managerial point of view. Emphasis is placed upon
planning, organizing, and controlling of marketing activities and their integration with the objectives and policies of
the firm. Both domestic and multinational marketing concepts arE addressed in this course. Prerequisite: MKTG 360
and ECON 222.
MARKETING INSTITUTIONS
3 s.h.
MKTG 562:
A study of components of a vertical marketing system and of the methods for making them effective. Also included
are means of evaluating alternative marketing systems and the development of international marketing channels.
Prerequisite: MKTG 360.
MKTG 604:
MARKETING RESEARCH
3 s.h.
Methods of solving marketing research problems, including library, survey, and experimental research methods;
project design; data collection, analysis, and interpretation; presentation of marketing research reports for managerial
user. Problems in international marketing research and research ethics are also included. Selection, design, and
completion of a marketing-oriented research project and computer work are required. Prerequisite: ECON 603.
3 s.h.
MKTG 661:
MARKETING STRATEGY
A study of strategies for attaining a suitable “marketing mix” for various types of entities. Marketing knowledge
from previous courses and experiences will be applied to the formation of overall programs for dealing with both
international and domestic marketing problems. Prerequisite: MKTG 360.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Master of Science Degree
in Communication
College of Communication, Computer Information Science,
and Library Science
Department of Communication
Graduate Faculty
Professor: C. Felicetti, A. Larson; AaaocMe Profesaora: H. Fueg, P. Marini, L. Pfaff, D. Siddiqui; Aaaistant
Professor: W. Lloyd, S. Kuehn, J. Washington

Program Objectives
The graduate program in communication develops the competencies and knowledge
required for graduates to perform effectively as training and development specialists in
business, education, and government. The objectives are to prepare an individual to administer training programs, to facilitate performance within an organization, to design training
programs based on spwific needs, to conduct such programs, and to serve as a consultant
to management and others in the identification and solution to training problems.
While students with any undergraduate degree are welcome in the program, it should be
of particular interest to those with undergraduate degrees in communication, business, or
education. Depending upon the undergraduate degree and the proper selection of electives,
careers in other areas of communication are available.
Students interested in a career in higher education might consider the possibility of
doctoral work following completion of the master’s degree program.

Admission Requirements
College of Graduate Studies admission requirements apply with the following additions:
Admission to the program is limited to the Fall Semester only.
All applicants must submit a statement of purpose for pursuing the M.S. in the Department of Communication.
Admission on a provisional basis may be granted if the applicant’s QPA is between
2.(XI and 2.75 on a 4.00 scale and a raw score of 45 or above is achieved on the Miller
Analogies Test or a combined score of 1,000 is obtained on the Graduate Record
Examination. Degree status may be obtained upon completion of 12 semester hours
with a minimum of 3.0 average.
Individuals with disabilities are encouraged to meet with the department chair prior to
admission to the program.
Non-native applicants must submit TOEFL scores. TOEFL scores of 600 or above are
required for admission to the degree program.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Communication

29

Degree Requirements
To fulfill the degree requirements for graduation, the student must complete 36 semester
hours, including required courses with a QPA of 3.00 or better on a 4.00 scale. There is also
a media writing competency for which COMM 17 I: Writing for Media, may be required if
sufficient background is not obtained through previous course work or experience as demonstrated through portfolio or testing. This decision will be made in consultation with your
advisor.

Transfer Credits
A maximum of nine semester hours of graduate course work may be transferred toward
the degree. These hours must come from an accredited institution and must have a grade of
“B” or better.

Requirements for Graduation
The following courses are required of all students graduating with a Master of Science
degree in communication.
COMM
COMM
COMM
COMM
COMM
COMM
COMM
COMM

545:
556:
559:
560:
565:
580:
620:
657:

Theory and Application of Production Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .....3
Training Program Planning and Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........3
Management of the Communication Process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........3
Audio and Television Production . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........3
Photography and Graphics Production. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........3
Advanced Applied Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..3
Training and Development Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........3
Advanced Applied Production . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ...3
Media Writing Competency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0

s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.

In addition to the above listed courses, each student must satisfactorily complete an
original research effect. Either of the following courses will satisfy this requirement.
COMM
COMM

656:
700:

Research in Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 s.h.
Thesis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .....-..6 s.h.

To complete the program, a student may select courses within the Department of Communication or from related disciplines. All elective courses should be approved by the
student’s advisor.

Electives
Electives may be taken from any curriculum in the graduate or undergraduate catalog if
approved by their advisor. Students are encouraged to go outside the Department of Communication for courses if their career goals and interests will be benefited.
No more than six hours of 400-level courses taken for graduate credit may count toward
the master’s degree.

Placement
Placement of past graduates has been excellent in teaching; business, industry, and
government training and development programs; employeed/corporate communication programs; media sales and production; and doctoral and specialist programs.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

30

Communication

Advisement
Based on career goals of the student, an advisor is assigned from the graduate faculty of
the department.
Advisement is at the convenience of the student and may occur at any time. Frequently
the advisor will recommend that the student talk with another member of the faculty who
may be more closely associated with a specific problem or interest of the student.
In all cases, the responsibility of meeting the stated requirements of the master’s degree
lies with the student.

Graduate Assistantships
Graduate assistants are employed in the Department of Communication in such areas as
television managemen~ radio management, television direction, photography production,
and journalism. These assistantships usually require 10 hours of work per week, for which
the student’s tuition is waived and a small bi-weekly stipend is paid. (A number of assistantships are available to outstanding international students, consisting of a lo-hour work
assignment with a waiver of tuition.) Assistantships run from September to May; no student
may be employed in more than one assistantship. Awarak are made as vacancies exist, and
are based on the applicant’s professional qualifications as shown in transcripts, resumd,
and porfolio of work samples. A personal interview is desirable.
Applicants for graduate assistantships must complete the regular admission procedure,
then file a letter of application with the chair of the Department of Communication. Applications should be received no later than March 15; appointments are usually made by May
15 of each year.

Internships
The Department of Communication has maintained a cooperative arrangement with
public schools, businesses, and governmental agencies for over a decade. Students may
intern with such organizations in training and development of other areas. The internship
is designed to provide on-the-job experience for the student to make the transition between
classroom assignments and actual application of professional training. Consequently, the
course should be reserved until the latter part of an individual’s program.

Physical Facilities
The Department of Communication is housed in Becker Hall and has outstanding physical
facilities. In addition to modem classrooms, there are:
. Modem full-color television production studio, control room, and
editing facilities
. Computer controlled multi-image studio
. Photographic darkrooms
. Audio production studios
● Research area
. Graphics workshop
. Desktop publishing
. Interactive video technology
. 1,000-watt FM radio broadcast station
Also available to students in Becker Hall is the Computer Lab, consisting of modem
main frame, mini- and microcomputer stations.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Communication

31

Course Sequence
Due to the highly integrated and prescriptive nature of the program, it is imperative that
students discuss the course sequencing with their advisor. Students who get out of sequence
could take three or four years to complete the degree requirements. The program can be
completed in three semesters. However, students are encouraged to complete their requirements in four semesters and take advantage of strengthening their skills through involvement
in co-curricular activities.

Communication Courses
COMM 400:
MEDIA ADVERTISING
3 s.h.
Introduces the student to media strategies, creative development and budgeting of advertising plans for national
and major-market media. The course includes a review of basic concepts in advertising.
COMM 405:
PRESENTATION GRAPHICS
3 s.h.
Design and production of graphic materials for the presentation of information in training sessions, sales and
stockholder meetings, and other small and large group situations. Must be taken concurrently with S(7 214: Business
and Professional Speaking.
3 s.h.
COMM411:
FOUNDATIONS OF BROADCASTING
An ovemiew of the broadcasting industry, including history, technicat aspects, station and network organization,
sates, ratings, programming, and sociat influences. A foundation course for radio-TV career preparation, related fields
of communication, and the development of knowledgeable consumers of broadcast media
COMM 415:
LOCAL ADVERTISING
3 s.h.
A professional coume in planning, scheduling. producing, and buying and selling advertising at the local level,
with specific attention to the small business client.
3 s.h.
COMM 428:
MASS MEDIA ANALYSIS
Develops advanced skills in programming, comparing, and analyzing media content for broadcast and print media
professionals. Emphasis is placed on applying research skills to analyze audience needs and evacuating message
effectiveness applicable in a wide variety of mass communication programming campaigns. Prerequisite: COMM
352.
COMM 431:
PUBLIC RELATIONS PRINCIPLES AND PRACT|CE
3 s.h.
This course is designed to provide fundamental instruction in public relations practices, including program planning
and evacuation, working with the media, writing for public relations, and coordinating speciat events and functions.
The stmcture and process of public relations in business, institutions, and American society will be explored through
readings and discussion.
3 s.h.
COMM 441:
ADVANCED MEDIA WRITING
Extensive work in research, writing, and marketing of written products for magazines, newspapers, and other
publications. The course work also rquims the selection and acquisition of appropriate photographs and graphics to
complement the articles. Prerequisites: COMM 171 and 251.

COMM 442:

BROADCAST NEWS AND CONTINUITY WRITING
3 s.h.
Provides students with advanced instruction and experience in writing news, commemials, public service announcements, and promotional copy for the broadcast media. Prerequisites: COMM 100, 152, and 171.

3 s.h.
COMM 443:
PROMOTIONAL WRITING
Pmvidesstudents with advanced instruction and experience in ~blic relations and advertising writing. prerequisites:
COMM 100, 152, and 171.
3 s.h.
COMM 452:
COMMUNICATION LAW
Introduces the student to various laws such as those of libel, privacy, copyright, access, and FTC and FCC rules
and regulations governing the fields of communication.
3 s.h.
COMM 460:
TELEVISION DIRECTING
Develops the skills needed to direct a variety of television studio productions, including news, interview, demonstration, and dramatic programs. Emphasis is on both technical and aesthetic directing skills. prerequisites: COMM
351 or other television production experience and permission of the instructor. Four contact hours.
COMM 488:
MEDIA PROGRAM DESIGN FOR ORGANIZATIONS
3 s.h.
Develops skills in devising communication strategies to design and develop an organization’s media programs for
training purposes. Skill areas include drafting communication objectives, developing plans for using communication
media for training, and evaluating communication media used for effectiveness. Emphasis is placed on applying these
skills to produce communication media for training programs. Prerequisite: COMM 352 orperrnissionofthe instructor.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Communication

32

3 s.h.
COMM 489:
GLOBAL MASS COMMUNICATION
This course is intended to enable the stu&nt to effectively interact with the new culturally diverse audience and
wor+tforce in the American business and industry .The contents will consist of the latest innovatively designed resources
on cultural diversity, global mass communication competencies. and positive attitudes. Also included will be imaginative conceptualization techniques of designing mass media messages suited to the new realities of cultural diversity.
1-3 s.h.
COMM 499:
SPECIAL TOPICS IN COMMUNICATION
Focuses on a single, broad contemporary topic of current interest in communication and related fields. Course
content varies from semester to semester. Topics to be considered will be announced in advance. May be taken three
times for credit
3 s.h.
COMM 500:
MASS COMMUNICATION THEORY AND APPLICATION
This course provides a foundation in social and behavioral theory of mass communication including, but not limited
to, information theory, behaviorism, balance theory. two-step flow theory, uses and gratifications theoty, and structural
functionalism. Emphasis is placed on applying theoretical models to the analysis of problems of media professionals
in order to gain insight into possible solutions. Fall, annually.
COMM 545:

THEORY AND APPLICATION OF
3 s.h.
PRODUCI’ION PLANN[NG**
Develops an understanding of the basic principles of communication models and the production process and relates
them to the production of various media for educational and/or commercial purposes. Included are audience analyses,
communication theory, development of content outlines, treatments and storyboards, and other techniques leading to
the writing of a script.
3 s.h.
COMM 551:
PUBLIC RELATIONS MESSAGE DESIGN
Provides advanced instruction in persuasion techniques in the design of public relations. Successful case studies
are analyzed in terms of persuasion techniques used. Prerequisites: COMM 43 I or permission of instructor. Spring,
annually.
COMM 556:

TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT PLANNING
AND DESIGN**
3 s.h.
Investigates various theories of learning and instructional strategies used in training in corporate organizations. The
pmticipant will identify a method appropriate to his or her content area, and plan and design an instructional system
suited to adult learners in an in-semice training environment.

COMM 559:
MANAGEMENT OF THE COMMUNICATION PROCESS**
3 s.b.
Defines and applies the general principles of management-planning, organizing, staffing, directing. and contmlIing-to the design and administration of communication pmgrarns. Relates behavioral variables to understanding
and motivating employees.
COMM 560:
AUD1O AND TELEVISION PRODUCTION**
3 s.h.
Develops basic skills in audio, ENG, and television pmxiuction. A variety of projects in both media concentrates
on proper equipment operation and recording and editing techniques.
COMM 564:
SCRIPTWRITING
3 s.h.
Develops techniques and skills in writing scripts for a wide range of radio, television, motion picture, and slidesound presentations. Empbasis is on creative writing within the structure of the intended medium.
COMM 565:
PHOTOGRAPHY AND GRAPHICS PRODUCTlON**
3 s.h.
Provides an integrated introduction into graphic and photographic production techniques. LayouL design, and
composition techniques will be developed.
COMM 580:
ADVANCED APPLIED DESIGN**
3 s.h.
Applies the processes learned in COMM 545 and COMM 556. Students will apply concept skills and strategies
designing training or instructional units for a clien[. Pmmquisite: COMM 545,556,560,565.
I-2 s.h.
COMM 591:
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Allows the imaginative student to structure an independent research project in the area of communication with a
minimum of faculty supervision. A proposal specifying objectives, methods, and evaluation techniques must be
submitted and approved by the student’s advisor prior to enrolling in the course. I or 2 credit hours.
COMM 620:
TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT RESEARCH**
3 s.h.
Develops those reseamb skills necessary for the evaluation and communication of training needs and outcomes.
Specifically, skills in questioning, performance observation, research design, data reduction, and reporting. Prerequisites: COMM 545,556.
3 s.h.
COMM 656:
RESEARCH IN COMMUNICATION**
Independent investigation of a problem in a specific communication area. The project must be presented in written
form and accepted by the rwearch advisor. Prerequisite: COMM 620.

**Required

courses.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Communication

33

COMM 657:
ADVANCED APPLIED PRODUCTION**
3 s.h.
Incorporates production and design skills from previous courses. Students produce tining materials for projects
designed in COMM 580. Prerequisites: COMM 560,565,580.
COMM 663:
ADVANCED PHOTOGRAPHY
2 s.h.
Requires students to prepare photographic materials to satisfy specific problems of instmction, television, or
reproduction. Exploratory techniques can be pursued with the instructor’s consent. Prerequisite: COMM 565. On
demand.
COMM 691:
SEMINAR IN COMMUNICATION
2 s.h.
Foeuses on the various mpects of human resouree development. Guest lecturers will be utilized and innovative
experiments or procedures reviewed. Prerequisites: COMM 580,620.
COMM 699:
I-3 s.h.
COMMUNICATION INTERNSHIP
Provides practical experience in the supervision in and operations of some aspect of a communication program. A
proposal specifying objectives, methods, and evaluation techniques must be submitted and approved by the student’s
advisor and the cooperating agency prior to enrolling in the course.
THESIS
COMM 700:
Requires each student to develop a project or thesis in some area of communication.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

6 s.h.

Master of Education Degrees in
Department of Education
College of Education and Human Services
Graduate Faculty
Profeasora: J. Smith, K. Smith, D. Tate; Associate Profeawm: L. Brown, S. McKee, M. McLaughlin, N. Sayre, S.
Stalker, J. Walker; Aadatant Profeaaors: E. Caropreso, A. Creany, R. Couch. R. DeLuca, G. Grejda B. Grugel:
Instructor: J. McCullough

M.Ed. in Elementary Education
Program Objectives
The master’s degree program in elementary education is designed to develop competencies and concepts in leadership, curriculum development, and models of teaching. These
are then applied to education programs in at least two of the following areas: science, social
studies, mathematics, language artskeading, and curriculum.

Admission Requirements
Clarion University’s general admission requirements apply, with the following supplemental requirements:
The applicant should have elementary education certification. If the applicant does not
meet this requirement, the graduate faculty of the department shall determine existing
deficiencies and how they must be met. Certification requirements must be met prior to any
graduate work.
Admission to provisional status may be granted at the discretion of the graduate faculty
if the applicant’s QPA is less than 2.75/4.00. Regular status may be granted upon completion
of 12 semester hours of graduate study with a minimum of 3.00/4.00 average.

Degree Requirements
Required Core. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ...12 s.h.
ED
EB
ED

520:
521 :
522:
523:

Introduction to Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instructional Leadership Skills . . . . . . . . .
Analysis of Teaching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Curriculum Development and Evaluation. . .

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ...3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........3

s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.

Specialized Professional Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......12 s.h.
Two or more of the following areas must be included: language arts, reading, mathematics. science, social studies,
curriculum

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Education

35

Course selection is to be made from the following:
ED
ED
ED
ED
ED
ED
ED
ED
ED
S~ED
SCED
SCED

403:
517:
533:
537:
561:
562:
546:
541:
542:
617:
502:
505:
576:

Field Experience and Methods in Environmental Education . . . . . . . . . . . ........3
Educational Computer Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........3
Recent Developments in Elementary Social Studies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ..3
Strategies and Problems of Teaching Elementary School Mathematics. . . . ........3
Teaching Reading in the Elementary School. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........3
Teaching Reading in the Content Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........3
Reading and Language Am in Early Childhood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .....3
Recent Trends in Language Am. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........3
Seminar in Children’s Literature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........3
Advamced Educational Technology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........3
Investigative Techniques and Process Approach to Modem Science . . . . . ........3
Investigative Techniques in the Life Sciences. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ......3
Science, Technology, and Society. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........3

s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.

Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........9 s.h.
To be selected from appropriate 400-or 500-level courses as approved by the advisor. A maximum of six credits
of 400-level courses approved for graduate credit may be counted toward the degree.
Thesis credits may be substituted as electives.
Written Comprehensive Exam
TOTAL 33 s.h.

Graduation Requirements
Students must complete 33 credit hours of required and advisor approved elective courses
with a cumulative grade-point average of 3.00/4.00. Additionally, students are required to
complete a written comprehensive exam representing two of the following areas: science,
mathematics, social studies, language artskeading, or curriculum.

M.Ed. in Reading
Program Objectives
The master’s degree program in reading education is designed to develop competencies
and concepts in leadership, curriculum development, and models of teaching. These are
then applied to planning, implementing, and evaluating developmental and remedial reading
programs for kindergarten through grade 12.

Admission Requirements for Reading or Reading Specialist
Clarion University’s general admission requirements apply, with the following supplemental requirements:
The applicant must have educational certification and have successfully completed a
course in reading/language arts and children’s literature.
Admission to provisional status may be granted at the discretion of the graduate faculty
if the applicant’s QPA is less than 2.75/4.00. Regular status maybe granted upon completion
of 12 semester hours of graduate study with a minimum of 3.00/4.00 average.

Degree Requirements
Required Core. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~%æ•t$æ••
.12 s.h.
ED
ED
ED
ED

520:
521:
522:
523:

Introduction to Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instructional Leadership Skills . . . . . . . . . .
Analysis of Teaching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Curriculum Development and Evaluation. . . .

.
.
.
.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

.
.
.
.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ...3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........3

s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.

Education

36

Reading Specialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S
ED
E:

561 :
562:
569:

ED

570:

ED
ED

571:
576:

credits

Teaching Reading in the Elementary School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ..3
Teaching Reading in the Content Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...3
Reading Evaluation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Practicum kAnalysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Practicum Il: Correction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Advanced Seminar in Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ... .3

s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.

Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ...6 s.h.
To be sdected from appropriate 400- or 500-level coursesasappmved by the advisor. A maximum of six credits
ofWlevelcw~s~pmvdfor~uakctiitmaykcwnkdtowmdtiedegm.
llesis credits may be substituted as electives.
Reading Specialis(Test(NTE)
Written Comprehensive Exam
TOTAL 36 s.h.

Graduation Requirements
Students must complete 36 credit hours of required and advisor approved elective courses
with a cumulative grade-point average of 3.00/4.00.

Reading Specialist Certification
Satisfactory completion of the M. Ed. in reading meets the requirements for reading
specialist certification. Students desiring reading specialist certification without the degree
must complete the following sequence of courses:
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......18 credits
ED
ED
ED

561 :
562:
569:

ED

570:

ED
ED

571:
576:

Teaching Reading in the Elementary School. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........3
Teaching Reading in the Content Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........3
Reading Evaluation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ....3
Pmcticum i: Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ...3
Practicum II: Correction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...3
Advanced Seminar in Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........3

s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.

Placement
Typically, persons enrolling in the graduate program are already involved in professional
careers that are being enhanced by the graduate studies. For those persons who are without
career placement, the faculty and the university Career Services can provide assistance in
seeking appropriate employment. Students should register with Career Service before graduation.

Graduate Assistantships
A limited number of graduate assistantships are granted for 20 hours of departmental
service per week in exchange for a waiver of tuition ?nd a stipend. Applications are available
in the Department of Education office and should be submitted to the department chair as
scmn as the student has been admitted to the graduate program.

Advisement
Upon acceptance into the graduate program, students will be assigned a department
advisor who is qualified to assist the student in his or her specific career goals. The
responsibility for meeting all stated requirements for the master’s degree, however, is with
the student.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Education

37

Education Courses
ECH 401:
3 s.h.
CREATIVE RESPONSE TO CONFLICT
A study of the current research in the development of a classroom environment which fosters cooperation,
communication. affirmation, and problem-solving for children as well as for teachers, staff, instructional teams,
parents, suppott personnel, and other adults. Emphasis on human capabilities for resolving conflicts at various life
stages and situations. Examination of a range of discipline models as their implementation relates to the classrmm
environment. (This course is designed to be taken in conjunction with student teaching in the undergraduate program,
or as an elective in the master’s program. ) Prerequisite: ED 121. Each semester.
ECH 420:
3 s.h.
INCIDENTAL LEARNING
The course examines incidental Ieaming gained by young children through their interactions with the people arrd
products of their society’s major institutions. It asks such questions as these: How do children learn as incidental byproducts of these interactions; how can teachers, for example, plan encounters (with people, materials, and environments) so that the encounters contribute to children’s learning goals rather than subvert them. Prerequisite: ED 121.
Each semester,
ED 403:

FIELD EXPERIENCE AND METHODS IN
3 s.h.
ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION
This course focuses on methods used to teach environmental knowledge, concepts, and concerns, including the
history and research in environmental education. The relationship of all curriculum areas to environmental education
is examined and practiced. The course maybe taken for graduate crwdit with the approval of the Education Department
chair and the instructor. Offered for two weeks at a time between the end of the Spring Semester and the beginning
of regular summer school only. McKeever Center in Sandy Lake, PA, will be utilized for presentation of this course.
ED 414:
VOLUNTEERS FOR LITERACY
3 s.h.
This course enables student volunteers to teach in literacy pmgmns aimed at adult and secondary school learners
in different settings. Basic methods for instruction in vocabulary, comprehension, study skills, and writing arc
integrated with the aim of fostering an appreciation for reading.
ED 418:
3 s.h.
EXCEPTIONALITIES IN THE REGULAR CLASSROOM
This course is designed to prepare students to deal with the nature and needs of the exceptional person in a regular
classroom. Contemporary methods of identification, services for the exceptional individual, and legal aspects of the
least restrictive environment are examined. Each semester.
3 s.h.
ED 517:
EDUCATIONAL COMPUTER APPLICATIONS
This course is designed to prwvide in-service educators (K-12) who have had little or no computer experience with
the knowledge, skills, and attitudes necessary to use microcomputcm as instructional tools in their classrooms. While
acquiring computer skills, students will explore, use, and demonstrate competen~ in each of the following areas:
word processing, databases, spreadsheets, graphics, multimedi~ instmctional design, telecommunications, and major
issues associated with the use of technology in education. This course will provide in-service teachers with the
knowledge base to make appropriate decisions regatiing the use of technology in their respective classrooms. Not
available to students who have taken ED 217 since summer 1994. On demand.
3 s.h.
ED 520:
INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH
This seminar course covers the selection, investigation, and writing of a research topic. Students are introduced to
the planning of research projects, major methods of ob(aining data descriptive statistics, statistical inferences, methods
of analysis and criticat evaluation of published research, and the preparation of written reports. Proposed research
problems and procedures are prepared for discussion and critical analysis.
ED 521:
INSTRUCTIONAL LEADERSHIP SKILLS
3 s.h.
This course involves a survey of various theories, models, and styles of leadership, followed by the application of
leadership skills in teacher-pupil and teacher-colleague relationships.
3 s.h.
ED 522:
ANALYSIS OF TEACHING
This course presents an analysis of various teaching models and instructional designs. Videotaped lessons and
clinical/field experiences applying course competencies will be critiqued by faculty and peers.
3 s.h.
ED 523:
CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT AND EVALUATION
‘fltis course will focus on the processes of developing and evaluating school curriculum K-12. Practical application
experiences with curriculum models and management systems will be included.
ED 526:
SOCIOLOGY OF EDUCATION
3 s.h.
This course is an analysis of the public school as an institution in modem societies and its operation in complex
social structures. The come draws upon the science of sociology and other social fields to explain the operation of
the school as one of the social systems which operate to influence the development of people in becoming efficient
and cooperative members of society.
ED 533:

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS IN ELEMENTARY
SOCIAL STUDIES
3 s.h.
Students explore recent trends in promoting learning in the smial studies as well as study current problems involved.
Social forces at work today and their effect on curriculum development are considered.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

38

Education

3 s.h.
WORKSHOP IN EDUCATION
ED 534:
The workshop provides opportunities for in-service teachers to encounter new ideas, knowledge, and methods in
meeting problems in today’s schools. Prerequisite: Teaching experience in the elementary or secondary schools.
STRATEGIES AND PROBLEMS OF TEACHING
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL MATHEMATICS
3 s.h.
This course deals with recent trends and methods of teaching mathematical concepts and skills appropriate to the
elementary grade level. Particular attention is given to diagnostic procedumsand to a “hands-on” Iaboratory approach.
Classes art conducted in a well-equipped elementary mathematics laboratory. Recent research which applies to the
teaching and learning of mathematical skills and concepts is considered.
ED 537:

GUIDANCE OF ELEMENTARY SCHOOL CHILDREN
3 s.h.
ED 538:
This course addresses guidance problems arising in the elementary school and principles and techniques applicable
to their solution, and the role of the classroom teacher in providing services to pupils and parents are studied.
3 s.h.
RECENT TRENDS IN LANGUAGE ARTS
ED 541:
This course presents a study of trends, problems, and recent research findings as they relate to the improvement of
instructional practices in areas of the language arts other than reading.
ED 542:
SEMINAR IN CHILDREN’S LITERATURE
3 s.h.
This seminar is an intensive study of various genres of children’s literature, with emphasis upon correlating books
that appeal to the interests of boys and girls into study units. A study of storytelling techniques and other literature
sharing methods am included. Prerequisite: ELED 331 or LS 358.
READING AND LANGUAGE ARTS IN EARLY CHILDHOOD
3 s.h.
ED 546:
Study and observation of the child’s early reading behavior during early childhood and obwvation of other aspects
of language ~; exercises for listening experiences and developing writing skills; assessment of some of the causes
of difficulties in learning to read and to use language effectively.
TEACHING READING IN IWE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
3 s.h.
ED 561:
Students will define and investigate reading as related to the individual learner. Study is made of the current research
into sequential and systematic skill development and the application of multidimensional techniques, methods, and
materials in the teaching of reading.
ED 562:
TEACHING READING IN THE CONTENT AREAS
3 s.h.
Planning and implementation of reading instruction across the curriculum in K-12 program. Assessment of needs,
materials, and methods for content area teaching.
3 s.h.
ED 567:
SECONDARY, COLLEGE, AND ADULT READING INSTRUCTION
Survey of the reading programs and principles at the secondary and post-secondary levels; study of developmental
characteristics, identification and assessment of learners’ needs; examination of materials and strategies for various
instmctional settings and populations. Prmtquisite: ED 561 or ED 562 or consent of instructor.
READING EVALUATION
3 s.h.
ED 569:
Develops sensitivity in evaluation through analysis of testing devices; utility of tests (purpose-outcomes), characteristics of effective test administration, analytical-interpretation aimed toward synthetic integration to test results.
Introduction of case method. Prerequisite: ED 561 or ED 562.
PRACI’ICUM 1: ANALYSIS
3 s.h.
ED 570:
The investigation of an individual’s background to determine possible causal factors for underachievement in
reading through (1) the selection and administration of appropriate diagnostic instruments, and (2) a sensitive
interptation of the cumulative results. Prerequisite: ED 569 and permission of the instructor.
PRAtXCUM 1[: CORRECHON
3 s.h.
ED 571:
The emphasis in this course is the development of competency in correcting reading problems. The work includes
(I) learning the techniques and methods of corrective instruction, (2) developing expertise in using materials related
to the immediate needs of individuals, and (3) preparing a clinical case study which suggests to public schools and
other agencies the post-clinic procedures to use in a student’s academic progress. Prerequisite: ED 570arsd permission
of the instructor.
READING PROGRAM ORGANIZATION, ADMINISTRATION,
3 s.h.
AND SUPERVISION
The organization, administration, and supervision of reading programs from kindergtin through high school.
Particular emphasis is given to the furrctionsof a reading specialist and development of a curriculum guide for reading,
organizational patterns in reading programs, and procedures for instituting and operating in-service reading education
progmrns. Prerequisite: Administrative experience or two reading courses.
ED 574:

ADVANCED SEMINAR IN READING
3 s.h.
ED 576:
The study and evaluation of research and current reports on reading education issues. Prerequisite: ED 570 and ED
571.
I-3 s.h.
ED 599:
SPECIAL TOPICS IN EDUCATION
Examines current topics and issues in education. Topics, which will be announced in advance, will focus on the
needs and interests of in-service educators.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Master of Arts in
College of Arts and Sciences
Graduate Faculty
Professors: T. Caesar, L. Dennis, D. Fink K. Graham, E. Grejda D. Shaaw. R. Shumaker, D. Wilson; Associate
J. Bodziock, C. Ferry, H. Luthin,
Pmfesscms: L. Green, J. Huber, R. Leary, H. Newman, G. Xu;
E. MacDaniel, P. Terman, K. Smith

Asdatasst Profesaom:

Program Objectives
The Master of Arts program in English provides students with a broad background in
many areas of English studies and the opportunity to examine areas of particular interest in
more depth. The required courses ensure that students will experience several modes of
thinking and be engaged in significant encounters with literature, critical theory, composition theory and practices, and linguistics. Elective courses allow the students to pursue some
of their own intetests, while the seminar papers the students write in preparation for their

comprehensive exam enable students to engage in independent research on topics of their
own choosing. Throughout the process, students are able to draw on the guidance and the
expertise of the graduate faculty to assist them in course work and in independent research.
This program is suitable for those who wish to prepare for Ph.D. programs, for those who

seek the M.A. as a terminal degree, and for teachers who require work beyond the bachelor’s
degree for the purpose of permanent certification or other job requirements.

Admission Requirements
College of Graduate Studies admission requirements apply with the following addition:
. Applicants must submit their Graduate Record Exam (GRE) general test scores.

Requirements for Graduation
To successfully complete the M.A. program in English, the student must:
●

complete 31 credit hours, at least 25 of which must be earned from 500-level courses.
Sixteen of the31 credit hours constitute required course work, while 15 elective credits
allow for greater flexibility in appealing to the goals and interests of the student.

Distribution of Required Courses
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG

501:
509:
510:
511:
520:
530:

Introduction to Graduate Studies in English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seminar in Litersuy Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seminar in English Literature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seminar in American Literature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seminar in Writing: Theory and Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seminar in Linguistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.

.1
.3
.3
.3
.3
.3

s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.

English

41

Elective Courses
Students may take as electives any of the 500-level courses offered in the department and
up to two 400-level courses chosen from among the following:
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG

401:
412:
413:
457:
458:
459:
482:

Chaucer
Shakespeare: Comedies and Histories
Shakespeare: Tragedies and Romances
Introduction to Linguistics
History of the English Language
Language Acquisition Across Cultures
Composition: Theory and Practice

●

Complete three seminar papers on topics of the student’s choosing. While these papers
are usually, but not always, based on papers written in courses, the student is expected
to research and examine the issues involved more fully. Each of these papers is written
under the direction of a different faculty member who must approve the paper before
the student is allowed to take the comprehensive exam. Since these papers will represent the culmination of the student’s work in the M.S. program, it is expected that
they approach or attain the standards of professional papers. A creative written work
or portfolio of shorter creative pieces may be submitted as one of these papers.

●

Successfully complete the oral comprehensive examination. The examination is based
upon the se-minar-papers and their &itical contexts. The examiners will consist of the
three faculty members to whom the seminar papers were submitted. The student is
responsible for and may be questioned on the paper and the research involved in the
writing of the paper.

Graduate Assistantships
Graduate assistants are given a variety of assignments and experiences useful for personal
as well as professional development. Assistants gain valuable one-to-one tutorial experience
in working at The Write Place, Clarion University’s writing center. Assistants gain valuable
computer experience as well as more tutorial opportunities in working at Clarion University’s Word Processing Lab.
Assistants are also eligible to take part in our mentoring program, which affords students
the opportunity to work directly with a composition instructor assisting in small group
activity and teaching classes under the supervision of the instructor.
Applicants applying for a graduate assistantship in the English Department must include
an additional letter to the department expressing their interest in an assistantship and
outlining their qualifications. Applicants are also advised to request that at least one of the
people who writes a Ietterof recommendation speak to the applicant’s ability to tutor writing
in a college setting.

English Courses
3 s.h.
ENG 401:
CHAUCER
Studies in Middle English of Chaucer’s early poems, Truilus and Criseyde, and the Canterbury Tales. Fall, evennumbered years.
3 s.h.
ENG 412:
SHAKESPEARE: COMEDIES AND HISTORIES
Provides study and discussion of problems of style, characterization, and motivation in Shakespeare’s experimental
and maturing comedies, chronicle and Roman plays, and tragedies. Plays to be selected from the first two periods of
Shakespeare’s creative productions. Fall, annually.
3 s.h.
ENG 413:
SHAKESPEARE: TRAGEDIES AND ROMANCES
Provides study and discussion of problems of style, characterization, and motivation in Shakespeare’s mature
comedies, Roman plays, tragedies, and romances. Plays to be selected from the last two periods of Shakespeare’s
creative production. Spring, armuatly.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

42

English

INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS
3 S.h.
ENG 457:
Presents key concepts and basic analytical procedures common to many contemporary linguistic theories. Areas
covered in detail include phonetics and phonology, morphology, and syntax. Attention is paid to the integration of
these sub-systems in the overall design of a generative grammar. Prerequisite: ENG 262. Fall, annually.
HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE
3 s.h.
ENG 458:
Provides a study of the history of the language, including its origins and changes in structure, usage, pronunciation,
spelling, vocabulary, and meaning. Intensive readings in Old and Middle English. Spring, even-numbered years.
LANGUAGE ACQUISITION ACROSS CULTURES
ENG 459:
3 s.h.
Introduces current research in tirstand second language acquisition with an emphasis on the preparation of classroom
teachers and other professionals to work with childrenhdults coming from homes in which languages other than
English are spoken. Prerequisite: ENG 262 recommended but not required.
COMPOSITION: THEORY AND PRACTICE
3 s.h.
ENG 482:
Provides a systematic study of theoty, and practice in the teaching of composition, conducted through workshop
methods. The course requires extensive writing and a major written project. Prerequisites: secondary education majors
in English must have completed ENG I I 1, 200, or 301 and have taken or be taking their methods course; others by
permission of the instructor. Fall, annually.
INTRODUCIUON TO ENGLISH STUDIES
I s.h.
ENG 501:
An introduction to the strategies of graduate and professional discourse in English studies. The course afso includes
an introduction to bibliographic and library resomves in the field. One hour weekly, in the first semester of graduate
work, by ammgement with the director of graduate studies.
ENG 509:
SEMINAR IN LITERARY THEORY
3 s.h.
A seminar on general and/or selected theoretical issues implicit in the reading of literary texts. Depending upon the
instructor, the course may cover broad matters of interpretation (authorial intention, the reader’s share, intertextuality),
focus on more specific theories of reading (reader-response, Phenomenology, post stmctumlism), or consider the
conceptual foundations of certain literary structures (nanative, genre, tropes).
ENG 510:
SEMINAR IN ENGLISH LITERATURE
3 s.h.
This coume provides students with critical strategies to apply to specific periods, figures, or problems in English
literature. This course may be taken more than once if the course content is different.
SEMINAR IN AMERICAN LITERATURE
3 s.h.
ENG 511:
This course provides students with critical strategies to apply to specific periods, figures, or problems in American
literature. This course may be taken more than once if the course content is different.
ENG 512:
SEMINAR IN LITERARY STUDIES
3 s.h.
This seminar encompasses topics that combine English, American, and other literatures in a critical discourse.
Topics may include ethnic, non-canonical, md comparative literatu~. Studies in the novel, dram% and the satire may
be subjects of this seminar. This course maybe taken more than once if the course content is different.
ENG 515:
SEM[NAR IN FILM
3 s.h.
Film language views movies as a discourse medium, using a variety of formal structures: montage, mise-en-scene,
and narrative and non-narrative patterns. These grammatical and rhetorical elements will be studied as they structure
representative movie texts. Specific theories of film will afso be reviewed.
SEMINAR [N WRITING: THEORY AND RESEARCH
3 s.h.
ENG 520:
Seminar in Writing explores important movements in rhetorical theory and recent trends in research as conceptually
applied to writing, education, and related fields. Students study major theories about the nature of writing and scientific
inquiry into it.
SEMINAR IN COMPOSITION STUDIES
3 s.h.
ENG 521:
Seminar in Composition Studies, which builds on the classroom practices presented in ENG 520, examines recent
issues and innovations in writing with emphasis on the subspecialties of writing. Topics may include: the composing
process, computers in composition, evaluation, writing across the curriculum, or critical thinking and writing.
PRACTICUM IN COLLEGE TEACHING
3 s.h.
ENG 522:
This coume introduces prospective composition instructors to the principles and practices of teaching at the college
or university levels and provides a fomm for discussing those ideas. Students will observe composition classes, draft
syllabi, and develop, sequence, and test writing assignments. Emphasis is pfaced on diagnosing writing weaknesses,
responding to writing, and evaluating it.
INTERNSHIP IN WRITING
3 s.h.
ENG 523:
Interns receive tutorial, promotional, educational, organizational, or technical writing experience in university or
other professional settings. This course provides for writing and editing tasks appropriate to the unit or organization.
Some administrative and research work may be involved. (No more than 6 credits maybe taken from ENG 523 and
ENG 522 combined.)

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Master of Science in
Library Science
College of Communication, Computer Information Science,
and Library Science
Department of Library Science
Graduate Faculty
Prof~: A. Garnaluddin, R. Karp, B. Vavrek; Aaaociate
W. Buchanan, J. Maceafern;

Instructor: A. Miller

Professors: J. Head, M. Jetter: AsaAatant Professors:

Program Objectives
The graduate program in library science provides professional study encompassing the
principles and techniques common to all types of libraries and information centers with the
opportunity for advanced work in areas of special interest. The curriculum reflects today’s
applications of information science and library technology with society.
The master’s program at Clarion University was initiated in 1967 and has the distinction
of being the first graduate library science program offered within the State System of Higher
Education. The program is accredited by the American Library Association.

Admission Requirements
EliD”bility
College of Graduate Studies admission requirements apply with the following additions:
●

Applicants for the Master of Science in Library Science degree must have a baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited institution with a grade-point average of at
least a 3.00 on a 4.00 scale.

●

An acceptable score on the Miller Analogies Test or the Aptitude Section of the Graduate
Record Examination may be considered in the event that the 3.00 requirement has not
been met. At least 65 hours should be in liberal arts. Applicants without this background
may be advised to take liberal arts courses on the graduate level. These courses may be
counted toward the M.S.L.S. degree at the discretion of the advisor and the dean.

●

Students are encouraged to begin their graduate program in the summer or Fall Semester.

●

International students are required to achieve a minimum score of 550 on the TOEFL.

Procedure
Students should begin their graduate program in the summer or Fall Semester. Students
wishing to begin their studies in the Spring Semester must obtain special permission from
the library science graduate faculty.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Library Science

45

Transfer of Credits / Waiver of Courses
A maximum of six graduate semester hours may be transferred and/or waived in any of
the following ways:
. Acceptable graduate credits in library science completed at Clarion University as a nondegree student or at another institution with an ALA accredited program may be
transfemed and applied toward the master’s degree. The student is responsible for filing
an official graduate transcript of any work presented for transfer credit with the director
of the Department of Library Science.
. Graduate credit in related disciplines may be transferred upon prior approval by advisor
and director.
. Students who have had library experience duplicating the subject matter covered in the
required courses may be permitted to take a qualifying examination to determine
whether he or she might waive the course(s) and substitute elective courses. Qualifying
examinations may be waived at the director’s discretion.

Degree Requirements
The degree of Master of Science in Library Science is conferred upon the candidate who
has met the following requirements:
. The completion of 36 hours of approved graduate study, including these required
courses: LS 500, 501, 502, 550, 553, and 561 and six elective courses.
●

The maintenance of a cumulative average of B or higher. A student who receives a
grade of less than a B in two courses is disqualified as a candidate in the degree program
unless special permission to continue is obtained from the dean of the College of
Communication, Computer Information Science, and Library Science.

. The completion of all degree requirements within a six-year period. Course work over
six years old is not eligible for completion.

The Master of Science in Library Science
Degree with Pennsylvania School Library
Media Certification
A student wishing to meet Pennsylvania School Library Media Certification, K- 12, must
hold a valid teaching certificate; complete 36 semester hours of an approved curriculum in
library science; and complete six semester hours of internship in a school library media
center.
Required courses for the Master of Science in Library Science degree with Pennsylvania
school library media certification include: LS 500,501,502,550,553, 555/577, 459g, 490g,
561,583, 567/568157 1, and 565.

Graduate Assistantships and Scholarships
The Department of Library Science has available a number of assistantships and scholarships. For more information concerning assistantships, refer to the general information
section of this catalog, and for information concerning a library science scholarship, contact
the Department of Library Science. Applications for either may be obtained from the
Department of Library Science.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

46

Library Science

Additional information on financial aid maybe obtained from the booklet, Financial Aid
Assistance for Library Education, published by ALA.

Advisement
A form for selection of an advisor is provided for each student at the time of acceptance
into the program. The student should select an advisor having expertise and experience in
the student’s area of interest. The student receives guidance and counsel prior to registration
and at any other time he or she may desire.

Internship
The internship enables a student to anticipate the librarian’s professional role and to gain
dated experience. The major purpose of this course is to familiarize the student with
practical problems in the field by providing laboratory experience in the professional
atmosphere of a cooperating library or information center.
Each student’s internship is an individual experience. The student proposes a set of
objectives that he or she plans to achieve through the internship. These objectives, stated
behaviorally, are discussed by the student, the faculty member responsible for the internship
program, and the cooperating librarian to whom the student has been assigned. Once these
objectives are finalized, the student is evaluated on the degree to which the objectives have
been achieved and the process leading to the realization of the objectives. There is a periodic
review of each student’s objectives.

Certificate of Advanced Studies
The Certificate of Advanced Studies program is designed to provide the post-M.S.L.S.
student an opportunity to expand and update professional skills and competencies through
a structured pattern of continuing education. Study may be either full- or part-time. On a
full-time basis, the certificate can be completed in two semesters. Requirements include a
written statement of personal/professional goals, completion of a program of 24 graduate
credits within a four-year period, and maintenance of a 3.00 (B) quality-point average.
Documentation required for admission includes the goals statement, an official transcript
from the school which granted the master’s degree in library science, completed recommendation forms and university application, and the $25 application fee. Further information
and requirements are available from the Department of Library Science.

Resources and Facilities
The Department of Library Science is located in the same buiiding as Carlson Library.
The department’s suite of offices, classrooms, and laboratories is designed to accommodate
a variety of activities for students and faculty within the immediate area. The Carlson
Library complex includes an Instructional Materials Center and a collection of juvenile
books and curriculum materials for library science study in addition to the usual reference,
periodical, and circulating collections.
Library science classrooms are equipped with the appropriate audiovisual equipment,
terminals, media and computer equipment. Available for instructor and student use within
the library science complex are various types of audiovisual equipment, on-line terminals,
a cataloging laboratory with OCLC terminals, and microcomputers.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Library Science

47

Center for the Study of Rural Librarianship
The Department of Library Science is dedicated to addressing the information needs of
the constituencies of all types of libraries, large and small. The Center for the Study of Rural
Librarianship was organized in recognition of this need. “Rural” is defined by the center
as a population of 25,000 or fewer. The center has developed out of a particular concern for
library services apart from areas influenced by metropolitan library systems, i.e., the small
library in the rural context. Public, school, academic, and special or corporate libraries are
all within the interests of the center. Further, library systems or networks which include the
small library are included in the center’s work.
The activities of the center are varied. They include hosting of national conferences and
regional workshops, e.g., ‘‘Public School Library Cooperation,’ sponsored by a grant from
the H.W. Wilson Foundation. Reseamh on rural library problems, a primary concern of the
center, is an ongoing pursuit. At present, an investigation is being conducted to determine
the information needs of individuals served by rural libraries in Pennsylvania and other
states.
The center supports a publication program which includes a biennial journal, Rural
Libraries, the only one that is currently being published in the area of rural librarianship.

Beta Phi Mu International Library Science
Honor Society
Beta Phi Mu was founded in August 1948 at the University of Illinois by a group of
leading librarians and library educators. The motto of the society is “Aliis Inserviendo
Consumor,” which reflects the dedication that librarians must possess toward service to
others if books are to become instruments of liberal education.
Beta Phi Mu approved a chapter at Clarion in August 1978. The chapter, Beta Sigm&
was installed and the first members were initiated in spring 1980. Membership in this
international society is granted to a graduate of a library school program accredited by the
American Library Association who has earned a 3.75 scholastic average on a 4.00 scale and
and has been recommended by the library school faculty. The faculty recommendation
attests to the candidate’s professional competence and promise. At present, the local chapter
is permitted to grant membership to only 25 percent of the graduating class each year. At
present, there are over 13,000 graduates of accredited library schools in the United States,
Canada, and the United Kingdom who have been initiated into the society.

Career Outlook
Prospects for the future can be good for well-prepared new graduates guided by creative
faculty advisors. Employment opportunities vary according to the type of library, educational qualifications, and the areas of specialization of the individual preparing to enter the
profession. The librarian who is flexible with respect to geographic area and willing to meet
the challenge of serving special groups will have especially good opportunities for employment.

Placement Service
Clarion University of Pennsylvania and the Department of Library Science assist both
students and alumni in obtaining positions in libraries and related agencies by acting as a
clearinghouse for current job information, by posting vacancy announcements, and by
sending references upon request to prospective employers. Official academic transcripts,
however, must be requested by the student from the university registrar.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

48

Library Science

The Office of Career Services provides assistance to all graduates by maintaining a file
of vacancy notices received from public schools, government agencies, business, and industry. Placement credentials are prepared and distributed, upon request to prospective
employers to support the candidacy of registrants.

Library Science Courses
LS 432:
Lectures,

pmentcd

COLLOQUIUM

O s.h.
and others. Reinforces concepts
in course studies and provides the student with insight into the trends and issues of the profession.

discussions, multi-media presentations given by guest speakers, faculty,

MEDIA, METHODS, AND THE CURRICULUM
Ls 459g:
3 s.h.
Planning for the effective use of school library media services in cooperation with the instructional staff. Examination of school library media philosophies and educational objectives. Development of a Iibray media program.
Examines the librarian’s role in designing curriculum, in developing teaching-learning strategies, and in working with
teachers, students and administrators. Prerequisites: LS 555 or 577, 583,490, and 565.
LIBRARY MATERIALS AND SERVICES FOR
EXCEPTIONAL STUDENTS
3 s.h.
An opportunity for Iibraq science students to explore the unique characteristics and instructional needs of excep
tional students who use the school Iibrmy in otder to develop collections of materials and to design programs of
services to accommodate those needs. The role of bibliotherapeutic
techniques will be investigated [o determine their
validity for the exceptional student.
M 490g:

INFORMATION SOURCES AND SERVICES
Ls 500:
3 s.h.
Philosophy and techniques of information services in libraries, with the sources, tools, and technology essential to
the reference process. Spexitic reference problems and research studies, the reference intetview, and search strategies
are considered. Recommended as an elective for non-library science students in other graduate programs.
DEVELOPING LIBRARY COLLECTIONS
3 s.h.
Acquiring familiarity with basic bibliographical tools, current reviewing media, and acquisitions procedures.
IXablishrnent of policies and criteria for the selection and evaluation of book and non-book materials.

Ls 501:

Ls 502:
CATALOGING AND CLASSIFICATION
3 s.h.
Principles of the organization of book and non-book materials. Descriptive cataloging and determination of main
entry through the use of the ACC rules. The structure and application of the Dewey Decimal Classification, the Library
of Congress Classification, and standard subject authority lists. The use of printed cards and on-line cataloging
(oCLC). The study of tiling roles and the structure of library catalogs.
MULTICULTURAL LIBRARY SERVICES AND SOURCES
Ls 540:
3 s.h.
An opportunity for students to explore, undemtand, and develop library resources and services for multicultural,
diverse, and disabled populations. Library resources and services are examined particularly as they relate to ethnicity,
race, gender, gender preference, and disability. No prerequisites.

3 s.h.
INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH IN LIBRARY SCIENCE
Ls 550:
Study of the scientific methods of planning. conducting, and reporting investigation and research in library science,
including specific problems in library service. Critical analysis of m.search in professional literature. Designed to
develop skill in interpreting mearch results.
STORYTELLING
Ls 551:
3 s.h.
Study of the heritage and at of traditional storytelling, the literary sources for contemporary storytelling, and the
techniques for preparing and presenting story programs. Consideration will be given to mukti-media storytelling,
including puppetry. Students will present stories in class and in the community. Prerequisite: LS 577 (or equivalent).
Open to M. Ed. candidates by permission from the instructor.
ADVANCED CATALOGING AND CLASSIFICATION
LS 552:
3 s.h.
Comparison of classification schemes. Handling special problems in the cataloging of resources. Emphasis on
Library of Congress Classification and subject headings. Opportunities to use the OCLC terminal. Prerequisite: LS
502.
MANAGEMENT OF LIBRARIES
M 553:
3 s.h.
Problems of organization, budget, personnel management. Architectural design, with emphasis on the relationship
of physical stmctum to Iibrwy function. Study of standards for evaluating library services.
HISTORY OF CHILDREN’S LITERATURE
Ls 555:
3 s.h.
Survey of the history and development of children’s literature from the Anglo-Saxon period in England through
the nineteenth century. Open to M. Ed. degree candidates by permission from the instructor.
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE SCIENCES
LS 556:
3 s.h.
Survey of the Iitetature of science, introducing modem concepts and representative works in the major fields of the
pum and applied sciences. Includes special reference and audiovisual materials and periodicals. Prerequisite: LS 500.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Library Science

49

Ls 557:
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
3 s.h.
Survey of the literature in majoramas of thescwial sciences, including special reference books, pertinent government
documents, periodicals, and audiovisual materials. Fields: anthropology, business, education, economics, geography,
histoty, political science, psychology, sociology. Prerequisite: LS 500.
LS 558:
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE HUMANITIES
3 s.h.
Survey of the literature in major divisions of the humanities, including bibliographical and reference materials,
audiovisual media, periodicals, standard sources, and current materials. Fields: art, literature, music, philosophy,
religion. prerequisite: LS 500.
BIBLIOGRAPHIC INSTRUCTION
Ls 559:
3 s.h.
Study of the development research, and theoty of bibliographic instmction, including pedagogical techniques,
instructional design, [eachingeffrmtiveness, masketing strategies, and the impact and utilization of technology. Includes
the modeling of effective teaching techniques with the objective of designing and implementing bibliographic
instruction units to meet the needs of specific patron groups in a variety of library settings. Prerequisite: LS 500.
LS 561:
INFORMATION STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL
3 s.h.
Introduces the history and concepts of library and information science. Covers the study of information, bibliometrics, and the development and characteristics of information systems used by librarians. Includes different methods
of indexing and different search capabilities in both manual and automated infomnation systems. The course includes
an introduction to the fundamentals underlying Iibrary-related, computer-based information systems.
LS 562:
3 s.h.
GOVERNMENT DOCUMENTS
Study and evaluation of selected federal, state, and municipal documents, foreign government publications, and
the United Nations. The nature of documents, their reference and m.search value; the techniques of acquisition,
organization, and bibliographic control; on-line commercial and government data bases. Prerequisites: LS 500, 502.
LS 565:
NONBOOK RESOURCES
3 s.h.
Selection, acquisition, organization, storage, and maintenance of nonbook materials of all formats in libraries and
system-wide centers. Sample materials are previewed, evaluated, and used for programming and instruction.
LS 567:
THE LIBRARY AND SOCIETY
3 s.h.
Study of the historical development of the library, function of the modem library in society; current trends in
librarianship, information sciences, library literature, and implications for future service.
HISTORY OF BOOKS AND PRINTING
3 s.h.
LS 568:
Study of the evolution of the printed book through a survey of the origin of recorded communication; history of
writing materials; study of manuscript production, typography, type design, illustration, bookbinding, book production,
and copyright fmm the earliest times to the present.
LS 569:
TECHNICAL SERVICES
3 s.h.
Introduction to the historical development and current trends of technical services; management and systems
involved in the operation/automation of a technical services department (acquisitions, serials control, charging systems,
cataloging, and classification). Prerequisites: LS 501, 502.
INTERNSHIP IN LIBRARIANSHIP
3-6 s.h.
LS 570/770:
Provides a laboratory experience in the professional atmosphere of a cooperating library or information center.
Evaluation is based on observation, participation, and responsibility for assigned activities. Supervision, seminar
meetings, and an evaluative repmt are required. By permission of the instructor. LS 770 is a required course for

Pennsylvania certification in the area of library media.
Ls 571:

INTERNATIONAL LIBRARIANSHIP
3 s.h.
Study of libraries and librarianship in selected countries, with emphasis on library education as related to culture,
technological advances, and globaJ politics. Considers the role of professional organizations and the impact of
worldwide library education.
LIBRARY AUTOMATION
3 s.h.
IS 573:
Survey of library automation; the application of computers to library technical and administrative processes. The
state of the art; case studies of automation projects; systems analysis; design of library automation projects.
3 s.h.
Ls 574:
DATABASE SEARCHING
General introduction to interactive database searching, including database producers, search system vendors,
management of search services, search strategy, boolean searching, structure and indexing of computer stored tiles.
The coume includes historical and background information. Greatest emphasis is on becoming a proficient searcher.
3 s.h.
Ls 575:
INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Seminar approach is used to allow students to examine topics of interest in the information systems field, culminating
in the preparation of a temr project such as a literature survey, the design of a computer program, or other topics
appropriate to the course of studies.
LS 576:
SPECIAL TOPIC IN LIBRARIANSHIP
3 s.h.
In-depth discussion, study, and research of a topic related to the role of the library in responding to social issues,
service to special groups, or problem areas. The following represent typical offerings: (1) Bibliotherapy; (2) Microcomputers in Libraries;(3) Library Services for the Gifted; (4) Media and Mlnoritics:(5) Oral History;(6) Connectivity:
Understanding the information infra..tmcture. Prerequisites: LS 500, 501, 502. equivalent or permission of the
instructor. A maximum of six credit hours may be applied toward graduation.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

so

Library Science

LIBRARIES, LITERATURE AND THE CHILD
M 577:
3 s.h.
Opportunity forgradtrate studentato investigate(1) the nature of children’s literature; the utilization ofchiklren’s
literature in school, public and special library settings; (3) trends in children’s literature as a part of the total body of
literature and as an educational force; and (4) current research in the field. Not open to students who have taken LS
358 for graduate credi~

THE PUBLIC LIBRARY IN RURAL AMERICA
I-S 578:
3 s.h.
Intrdtction to the public library in the United States, with special concern for the small rural library. Psuticular
emphasis on the problems and limitations of such libraries and approaches for overcoming them.
Ls 580:
LIBRARY MARKETING AND THE COMMUNITY
3 s.h.
Addresses the following aspects of successful community analysis and marketing of library services: the current
and potential library users; their specific inforrnatiomd needs: and how catr the library provide adequate service.
LS 581:
SEMINAR IN PROBLEMS OF RURAL LIBRARY SERVICES
3 s.h.
Problem artalysis approach to providing services to rural populations by school, public, academic, and other libraries.
Examines networking, technology, funding, governmental regulations. etc., as they relate to rural library services.
Prerequisites: LS 550,553.
LS 582:
SERIALS
3 s.h.
Organization and management of serial publications: includes the formw selection, bibliographic control (manual
and mechanized), and presentation techniques; the selection of jobbers and the services they offer. Prerequisites: LS

501.502.
LIBRARIES, LITERATURE, AND THE ADOLESCENT
LS 583:
3 s.h.
Examination of the roles of the public librarian and the school library media specialist in program development for
the adolescent. Includes a study of adolescent literature and the trends affecting its development: problems and
techniques used in providing reading guidance; and the chamcteristics of the contemporary adolescent. Not open to
students who have taken LS 356 for graduate credit.
Ls 584:
AUTOMATED BIBLIOGRAPHIC CONTROL
3 s.h.
Incorporates theory and practice of automated bibliographic control as applied to acquisitions, cataloging, interlibrary loan, and serkdscontrol. The course includes an orientation to the major bibliographic utilities. including OCLC,
and to selected CD-ROM products. Both the technical and managerial aspects of automated bibliographic control are
covered. Prerequisite: LS 502.
LS 585:
MICROCOMPUTERS IN LIBRARIES
3 s.h.
This course is concerned with the concepts and uses of microcomputer technology, including LANs and CD-ROM
LANs, in all types of Iibmries. Emphasis is on hardware and wftware applications as they relate to library functions,
e.g., data management and information services.
LS 587:
INDEXING AND ABSTRACTlNG
3 s.h.
In-depth stuwey and hands-on development of documents surrogates, including artnotations, abstracts, precis, and
other forms of indexing.
I-S 588:
PRESERVATION AND CONSERVATION OF LIBRARY MATERIALS
3 s.h.
Survey of preservation and conservation activities in libraries and information centers, including disaster planning,
environmental factors, treatment of brittle books, library binding, special problems of non-book materials, and basic
conservation treatments. Prerequisites: LS 501 or permission of instructor.
Ls 591:
BUSINESS REFERENCE SOURCES AND SERVICES
3 s.h.
Survey of the literature and services which would be expected in a business library or department of business
information. Includes art indepth examination of major business reference tools, as well as indepth examination of
the special operations, organization, and management of business libraries and departments of business information.
Ls 600:
INDEPENDENT STUDY/SEMINAR
I-3 s.h.
An opportunity for the advanced graduate student to investigate in depth a facet of librarianship and to prepare a
scholarly paper or project to reprt his or her findings. The topic for study must be approved by a faculty committee,
and the work must be supervised by a faculty member. Prerequisites: LS 500,501, 502, 550,553.

Ls 701:
SUPERVISION OF THE LIBRARY MEDIA PROGRAM
3 s.h.
Designed to develop competencies in planning. coordinating, and directing a district-wide program. Emphasis will
be placed on developing administrative abilities in order to provide all types of library media services and on refining
leadership qualities for the improvement of instruction. Managerial, administrative, and supervisory competencies
will be developed.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Master of Education Degree
in Mathematics
College of Arts and Sciences
Graduate Faculty
Professo=: N. Bezak, D. Bhattachary% B. Freed, S. Gendler, S. Singh; Associate Professors: R. Engle, L. Linnan,

J. Reynolds, S. Ringland, G.

Rock, T. Wimer; Assistant Professors: K. Bolinger, D. Hipfel, M. Parker, D. Schaat

Program Objectives
Recently revised to increase its compatibility with the needs of the high school teacher
of the nineties, the Master of Education in mathematics is designed to permit in-service
teachers of secondary mathematics to obtain permanent certification in mathematics as they
further their graduate education in the discipline. Students have an opportunity to meet all
the competencies recommended by the Committee on Undergraduate Programs in Mathematics (CUPM) and other certifying agencies while obtaining additional depth in the field
and sharpening teaching skills. The program also provides students in related fields an
opportunity to work concurrently toward teaching certification and a Master of Education
degree.

Admission Requirements
Most students will enter the program with an undergraduate major in mathematics with
secondary teaching certification and will have had the following courses or their equivalents:
MATH
MATH
MATH
MATH
MATH
ED

300:
321 :
357:
370:
451:
339:

[ntro. to Advanced Mathematics . . . . . . . . . .
Intermediate Applied Statistics 1 . . . . . . . . . . .
Modem Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Linear Algebra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modem Algebra I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Methods of Teaching and Evacuating Mathematics. .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3

s.h.
s.hs.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.

Students lacking these courses may be required to take them in addition to their degree
requirements.

Degree Requirements
To fulfill degree requirements for graduation, students must:
. complete

a minimum

. maintain a
and
● complete

of 30 semester hours of course work;

quality-point average

of 3.00/4.00 in all courses presented for the degree;

a satisfactory research paper or pass a comprehensive examination.

Proficiency Requirements
Proficiency in real analysis demonstrated by completing MATH 47 I: Real Analysis I (3
semester hours) or by examination. Proficiency in computer programming demonstrated by
completing CIS 15 I: Introduction to Fortran or equivalent course or by experience.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Mathematics

52

REQUIRED COURSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 s . h .
MATH
MATH

531 :
532:

MATH

533:

ED

634:

Topics in Geometry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3s.h.
Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3s.h.
Foundations of High School Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3s.h.
Teaching Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3s.h.

ELECTIVES IN EDUCATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6s.h.

At least one of the following:
ED
ED

ED
ED

520:
521:
522:
523:
526:
537:

lntroduction to Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3s.h.
lnstructionalLedershipSkills
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3s.h.
Analysis of Teaching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3s.h.
Curriculum Development and Evaluation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
Sociology of Education. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
Strategies-Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.

RELATED ELECTlVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-3 s.h.

One course may be chosen from a related area in consultation with the advisor. Related
areas include: library science, business, communication, education.
ELECTIVES IN MATHEMATICS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-15 s.h.
M
M

M
M
M
M
M
M
M

Recreational Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
541:
553-554: Functions of a Real Variable 1, II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 s.h.
Topology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
555:
[nflnite Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
557:
Complex Variables I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
559:
561-562:
Abstract
Algebta 1, II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 s.h.
Linear Algebra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
563:
Mathematical Logic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
569:
575:
Algebraic
Number
Theoty I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
Numerical Analysis 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
573:
580:
Seminar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3s.h.
599:
Individual Research. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . varied

Assistantships
A very limited number of assistantships may be available. These are awarded only to
full-time students. All applicants for assistantships must complete the regular admission
procedure in order to be considered for an appointment and then file a letter of application
with the chair of the Department of Mathematics. Applications should be submitted by
April 15.

Advisement
Upon admission to the M. Ed. program in mathematics, students are assigned advisors
who will help them plan their programs. It is the responsibility of students, with the help of
their advisors, to meet all requirements for the degree.

Facilities
Facilities include a conference room and study areas on the ground floor of Peirce Science
Center. Students have access to the VAX computer directly and through on-line terminals.
In addition, hands-on use of Macintosh microcomputers in our computer Iakratory is
encouraged.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Mathematics

53

Mathematics Courses
MATH 530:

NEW MATHEMATICS-ELEM. CLASSROOM
A seminar on recent topics in mathematics of interest to elementary school teachers.

3 s.h.

MATH 531:
TOPICS IN GEOMIWRY
3 s.h.
Topics to be selected from: Properties of Triangles, Properties of Circles, Collinearity and Congruence, Tmnsformational Geometry, Inversive Geometry, Projective Geometry. prerequisite: MATH 357.
MATH 532:
STATISTICS
3 s.h.
Probability theory, combinatorial analysis, stochastic independence, binomial, Poisson and normal distributions,
Bernoulli Trials, moments generating functions, Markov Chains, time dependent stochastic processes. Prerequisite:
MATH 421, Mathematical Statistics 1.
MATH 533:
FOUNDATIONS OF HIGH SCHOOL MATHEMATICS
3 s.h.
An upper level development of the basic structure of the natural numbers with indications how to present them in
the high school classroom. Topics including integers, fractions, real and complex numbers are followed by computational techniques such as Newton Raphson method with computer applications in the secondary class mom.
Prerequisite: MATH 452, Modem Algebra II.
3 s.h.
ED 634:
TEACHING MATHEMATICS
Advanced topics in the teaching of mathematics for secondary teachers. Topics may include curriculum design and
evaluation, pedagogical models, testing, theory of learning, computers in the classroom, and cument research and
trends in mathematics education.
3 s.h.
MATH 541:
RECREATIONAL MATHEMATICS
A survey of recreational mathematics through history. Topics include arithmetic, geometric and topological recreations, paradoxes, games, and board puzzles.

MATH 553-4:

3 s.h. ea.
FUNCTIONS OF REAL VARIABLE 1, II
Fundamental properties of continuous and differentiable functions, unifonrt convergence, Lesbegue measure and
integration. Prerequisite: MATH 472 or its equivalent.

MATH 555:
TOPOLOGY
3 s.h.
Topological space, connectedness, compactness, continuity, separability, countability axioms, and metric spaces.
Prerequisite: MATH 471 or its equivalent.
3 s.h.
MATH 557:
INFINITE SERIES
Convergent series of constants, power series. summability, uniform convergence, Fourier series. prerequisite:
MATH 471 or its equivalent.
3 s.h.
MATH 559:
FUNCTIONS OF A COMPLEX VARIABLE I
Analytic fimctions, Cauchy’s integral theorems, Taylor series, analytic continuation, residue theory. Prerequisite:
MATH 472 or its equivalent.
MATH 561-2:
ABSTRACT ALGEBRA 1, II
Theory of groups, rings, ideals, integral domains, amd fields. Prerequisite: MATH 452 or its equivalent.

3 S.ls.

MATH 563:
LINEAR ALGEBRA
Vector spaces, matrices, linear transformations. Prerequisite: MATH 452 or its equivalent.

3 s.h.

MATH 569:
MATHEMATICAL
An introduction to mathematical logic.

3 s.h.

LOGIC

3 s.h.
NUMERICAL ANALYSIS I
MATH 573:
Basic properties of round off error, polynomial approximation, interpolation, numerical differentiation, numerical
quadrature, functional approximation, solution of non-linearequations and simultaneous Iinear equations. Prerequisite:
MATH 460 or its equivalent.
3 s.h.
MATH 575:
ALGEBRAIC NUMBER THEORY I
Algebraic number fields, cyclotomic fields, algebraic integers, integral bases and discriminanL arithmetic in
algebraic number fields, properties of ideals including the Fundamental Theorem of Ideal Theory. Prerequisite: MATH
452.
3 s.h.
MATH 580:
SEMINAR
Selected topics in algebra analysis, geometry, topology. Prerequisite: One graduate course in the selected area.
I-3 s.h.
MATH 599:
INDIVIDUAL RESEARCH
Original mathematical research under the supervision of a number of the graduate faculty of the Department of
Mathematics. Prerequisite: Permission of student’s graduate committee.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Master of Education Degree
in Science Education
College of Arts and Sciences
Department of Biology
Graduate Faculty
I%o&aora: W. Barnes, W. Belzer, P. Datby, A. Exton, W. McGowan, R. McPhemon, K. Mechling, T. Morrow, G.
Twiest, F. Vento, J. Williams, G. Wollaston, E. Zielinski; Associate Profesaom: K. Eggleton, J. I%nissee, D. Howes,
[. Rhode; Assistant Professors: S. Harris, W. Jetkiewicz, T. Martin, S. Shulik D. Smith. C. Williams

Program Objectives
Clarion has a strong commitment to help teachers and schools improve science experiences for their students. Our courses in science education are exciting, useful, and relevant
to elementary, middle, junior high, and senior high school teachers. They are taught in the
same style of inquiry and investigation that we encourage teachers to use in their own
classrooms. By enrolling in the science education program, teachers can learn to teach
investigatively in their own classrooms, to make and use science materials and equipment,
to design science curricul~ to incorporate the broad principles of science into their own
classrooms, and provide leadership in science education.
The graduate program in science education requires a minimum of 30 semester hours of
approved course work for completion. Required courses have been kept to a minimum to
allow maximum flexibility in tailoring course plans to individual needs and career aspirations. The program is designed to serve in-service teachers of science, as well as prepare
graduates to assume positions as science supervisors or pursue doctoral programs in science
education.
One track of the program serves self-contained elementary classroom teachers who wish
to become competent science teachers. Several courses are available which combine science
content and processes, and teachers learn how to apply them to their own classrooms.
Another track serves middle, junior high, and senior high school science teachers. They
may use the program to learn about and develop new curricula and teaching methods for
their own classrooms and schools. In addition, a large number of graduate science courses
are available for those who wish to increase their strength in various content areas.
Other tracks exist for students seeking positions as environmental educators, students
seeking science leadership positions upon completion of the master’s degree, or students
wishing to enter higher education after completing the graduate program here at Clarion
University. Graduates of Clarion’s Master of Education in science education program have
entered Ph.D. programs in science education at such schools as the University of Georgia
Ohio State University, Pennsylvania State University, the University of Colorado, and
others. Graduates of the Clarion program who have continued their education have been
most successful and are filling teaching and research positions at colleges and universities
across the country.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Science Education

55

Admission Requirements
College of Graduate Studies admission requirements apply with the following additions:
. The applicant should have an undergraduate major in elementary education or secondary
education with certification in either of those areas. If the applicant does not meet this
requirement, the graduate faculty of the department shall determine existing deficiencies
and how they may be met.
. Admission to provisional status may be granted at the discretion of the faculty if the
applicant’s QPA is less than 2.75/4.00. Regular status may be granted upon completion
of 12 semester hours of graduate study with a minimum of 3.00/4.00 average.

Degree Requirements
To fulfill the degree requirements for graduation the student must:
. Complete a planned program of 30 semester hours or more with a QPA of 3.00/4.00
or better.
. Pass a written comprehensive examination after completing a minimum of 2 I credits.
. Students must complete a planned program, including a minimum of 30 credits selected
from the following two general areas:
SCIENCE EDUCATION
With approval of the candidate’s advisor, students must elect a minimum of 18 hours of
graduate science education courses which should include SCED 502, SCED 538, SCED
540, and SCED 556.
GENERAL ELECTIVES
With approval of the candidate’s committee, students may elect 12 hours of graduate
courses from the following areas:
Science Education
. Biology
. Education
. Mathematics

●

Reading
. Special Education
● Communication
. Research (O-6 s.h.)
●

Placement
The M. Ed. in science education is designed primarily to serve teachers such as elementary
teachers in self-contained classrooms, elementary, junior high and senior high science
teachers, and science supervisors who already have positions. Some use the program to
advance to new positions, such as science supervisors or computer specialists. Others use
the program as a stepping stone to a higher degree. Among those who utilized the degree
to seek a position, placement has been excellent.

Graduate Assistantships
Graduate assistants in science education serve in a variety of roles. They may assist in
teaching undergraduate classes, direet undergraduate assistants in the Center for Science
Education, carry out library research for center projects, and assist in in-service programs.
Assistantships offer an excellent opportunity to obtain practical experience while completing most requirements for a master’s degree in one calendar year. Some in-service teachers
utilize a sabbatical leave for this purpose.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

56

Science Education

All applicants for graduate assistantships must complete the regular admission procedure
in order to be considered for an appointment and, following admission, file an application
with the chair of the Department of Biology.
Applicants for graduite assistantships should submit completed applications by late April
for consideration the following fall.

Environmental Education Certification
Clarion University offers a program leading to certification in environmental education.
Students in the program learn through courses which are taught using discovery, investigation, and hands-on experiences carried out primarily in the outdoors. The program focuses
on the major concepts of ecology and those concepts of the social sciences which apply to
the environment. Students also become well versed in the major environmental curricula
which are available.
The program is designed to certify elementary and secondary teachers in environmental
education. Individuals completing the program are certified to teach environmental education to students from K- 12.

Advisement
Prior to beginning course work all applicants are interviewed by a member of the science
education graduate faculty of the Department of Biology. The chair of the Science Education
Graduate Committee will advise those students who have not yet been admitted and who
do not have an advisor.

Cooperative Doctoral Program
Clarion University and Penn State University are ccmperating to offer a Ph.D. or D. Ed.
in curriculum and instruction at Penn State with an emphasis in science education. The
program has two major components. First, it allows up to 45 credit hours of approved
graduate work completed at Clarion University in the science education master’s degree
program, or beyond that degree, to be applied toward a 90 credit-hour minimum program
leading to the doctorate in science education at Penn State. Secondly, research may be
conducted at Clarion University.
Four faculty members at Clarion University hold adjunct graduate faculty status at Penn
State, which enables them to serve on students’ doctoral committees. Those faculty are Dr.
Ken R. Mechling, Dr. Kathleen Smith, Dr. Gilbert L. Twiest, and Dr. Edward Zielinski.
Persons desiring more information about the Cooperative Doctoral Program in Science
Education should consult with any of the faculty noted above or write to Dr. Gilbert Twiest,
General Graduate Advisor for Science Education, Biology Department, Clarion University,
Clarion, PA 16214-1232, or Dr. Lois Campbell, 165 Chambers Building, Penn State University, University Park, PA 16802.

Physical Facilities
The science education component of the Department of Biology is housed within the
department in Peirce Science Center. The William D. Chamberlain Center for Science
Education is in Room 220P and functions as a science education leadership and curriculum
center. It contains samples of most modem science curricula, including complete sets of
texts and materials for the elementary, middle, junior high school, and senior high school
levels and other curriculum materials. The Clarion University Center for Science Education
is a resource center for modem K-12 science curricula. The center also functions as a

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Science Education

57

leadership center and a site for conferences and meetings of educators interested in science
education.
Peirce Science Center contains laboratories in biology, chemistry, physics, and earth
science. A complete planetarium with a IOO-seat capacity is attached. The building also
contains an animal-aquarium room, a free-standing greenhouse, and an environmental
chamber room.
The science education program also makes extensive use of McKeever Environmental
Learning Center at Sandy Lake, Pennsylvani& and University of Pittsburgh’s Pymatuning
Laboratory at Lineville, Pennsylvania. McKeever is described in the section on facilities in
the front of the catalog and the Pymatuning Laboratory is deseribed in the section on
facilities under the Biology Program.

Science Education Courses
1-4 s.h.
SPECIAL TOPICS IN SCIENCE EDUCATION
SCED 4CN):
This course deals with topics of special interest to persons interested in science education or pursuing teacher
certification. Admission by permission of instmctor. On demand.
4 s.h.
ELECTRONICS
SCED 456:
The course is in[ended for the science teacher who has had little or no previous course work in physics or
mathematics. The subjects covered include the fundamental laws of electricity and magnetism, alternating cument
theory, and the theory and practical application of such devices as ammeters, voltmeters, oscilloscopes, vacuum tubes,
transistors, power suppliers, amplifiers, and oscillators. Examples of some of these devices will be built in the
laboratory, and generat procedures for troubleshooting faculty equipment will be illustrated. Summer only, on demand.
SCIENCE CURRICULUM IN THE MIDDLE AND
3 s.h.
JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL
A course designed to acquaint students with modem science instmction strategies and curricula for the junior highl
middle school levels. Recent developments in cunicular objectives, the unique physiological and psychological
qualities of middle level students, science content teaching strategies, and laboratories are stressed. Each fat!.
SCED 460:

ASTRONOMY: OBSERVATION AND FIELD STUDIES
3 s.h.
SCED 463:
This is a course in the experimental tools and methods useful in astronomy. It is not an encyclopedic survey of
astronomy, but concentrates on mastery of important techniques and concepts by a “do-it-yourself prmess. It
complements courses in descriptive astronomy (ES 200 and 201 and SCED 550) rather than duplicating them, serving
much the same purpose as a laboratory in astronomy. ‘tie student will build simple telescopes, spectroscopes, and
other astronomical instruments.
3 s.h.
SCED 466:
FIELD PHOTOGRAPHY
This course is designed to teach the student how to use a modem camera and accessories to photograph subjects
in the field. Techniques of close-up, telephoto, and wide-angle photography as well as film development, lighting,
use of filters arrd composition will be included. In addition, the student will have a chance to learn and practice
techniques for photographing such subjects as small animals, birds, flowers, large animals, and other subjects. Camera
and film to be provided by students. Summer; on demand.
PROGRAM FOR IMPROVING ELEMENTARY SCIENCE (PIES)
3 s.h.
SCED 471:
PIE-S is designed to promote effective science teaching and instructional leadership in science in the elementary
school. In-service teachers, through hands-on investigations in the life, physicat, and easth sciences, will acquire
knowledge of science, increase their skills in using science process skills, and develop positive attitudes toward
science. A similar course, SCED 471: Progmm for Improving Elementary Science, is offered for undergraduate,
senior, elementary majors. On demand. Permission of instructor required.
PLANETARIUM OPERATION AND MANAGEMENT
3 s.h.
SCED 485:
An introduction to the techniques of operation and maintenance of planetarium projectors. Opportunities are
provided for writing and presenting programs at various levels of instruction. The use of auxiliary projectors, the
production of audiovisual materials. multi-media displays, and live versus programmed presentations are emphasized.
Prerequisite: ES 200 and 201 or consent of instructor. On demand.
SEMINAR
SCED 500:
Current topics in science education. On &mand.

1-3 s.h.

3 s.h.
SEMINAR IN SCIENCE MISCONCEPTIONS
SCED 501:
A survey of current literature in the area of science misconceptions. Each student will research a topic and develop
interviews and surveys to determine the misconceptions in the area. Fall, odd-numbered years.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

58

Science Education

SCED 502:

INVESTIGATIVE TECHNIQUES AND
PROCESS APPROACH TO MODERN SCIENCE CURRICULA
3 s.h.
A course designed to enable elementary, middle, and junior high school teachers [o use investigative techniques
and the process approach in their own classrooms. Investigative techniques will focus on developing skills in science
processes such as observing, classifying, formulating hypotheses, collecting and analyzing data. and designing
experiments. Experiences with modem elementary and junior high school science curricula are also inchs&d. Two
hours lecture. two hours lab. Every year in fall.
SCED 503:
SPECIAL TOPICS OF SCIENCE EDUCATION
I-4 s.h.
Studies of topical material under the guidance of the instructor. Maximum credit allowable toward graduation: 9
credits. Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor and the student’s graduate committee On demand.
INVESTIGATION IN THE LIFE SCIENCES
SCED 505:
3 s.h.
A survey of organisms which can be cultured and used in classrooms for investigations. Emphasis will be placed
on typical investigations which may be used as rnwiels for utilization in the classroom. Students are expected to try
out investigations found in current science curricula. Fall of even-numbered years.
SCED 530:
FIELD BIOLOGY
3 s.h.
This field coume is designed to acquaint the elementary, middle, and secondary teachers with the biological
environment outside of the classroom as it pertains to plants and animals, their collection, identification, preservation,
and ecology. Activities that am applicable to the public school will be provided. Summers, on demand.
FIELD BOTANY
SCED 531:
3 s.h.
This course is designed to give the elementary, middle, and secondary teachers an understanding of the basic
aspects of plant science. Emphasis will be placed upon taxonomy, morphology, and life processes of the flowering
and nonflowering plants as they relate to work done in elementary and secondary schools. Two hours lecture and two
hours lab. Summers, on demand.
3 s.h.
FIELD ORNITHOLOGY
SCED 532:
This is primarily a course on the identification and natural history of birds of this area The primary teaching
methods will be illustrated lectures, identification practice via color slides, and field trips. Prerequisite: Basic Biology.
Sumrmm, on demand.
SCED 534:
FIELD ZOOLOGY
3 s.h.
This field course is designed to acquaint the elementary, middle, and secondary teachers with the biological
environment outside the classroom as it pertains to animals, their collection, preservation, identification, and ecology.
Activities that are applicable to K-12 schools will be provided. Summers, on demand.
SCED 535:
FIELD ECOLCM3Y
3 s.h.
The course familiarizes the elementary, middle, and secondary teachers with the relationships between plants and
animals and their environment. 13eld work will be emphasized. Frequent field trips are made to areas of particular
ecological interest in Northwestern Pennsylvania. Five hours field work, laboratory work and lecture. on demand.
SCED 536:
CHEMISTRY
3 s.h.
This lecture-laboratory course is designed to give the elementary, middle, and secondary teachers an understanding
of basic chemistry. The chemistry of common experience in the public school is explored and the manipulation of
chemical apparatus is given special attention. Two hours laboratory. On demand.
SCED 537:
PHYSICS
3 s.h.
This lecture-laboratory course is designed to give the elementary, middle, and secondary teachers an understanding
of basic physics. Areas of concentration are the metric system, propeties of matter, mechanics. atomic energy, heat.
sound. lighL magnetism, and electricity. Particular attention will be provided for the application of these areas to
public school sciences. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory. On demand.
3 s.h.
SCED 538:
SCIENCE CURRICULUM
This course is designed to come late in the program when the student will have an adequate background for
discussions centered around the various approaches to the teaching of science in the elementary, middle, and secondary
schools. A study of the principles of curriculum construction, including curriculum origins, goals, objectives, scope
and sequence, and evaluation. Each year in spring.
RESOURCES AND MATERIALS
SCED 539:
3 s.h.
The course gives the teacher experience with the literature, equipmenL and materials in teaching science in the
school. Physical and human resources from national, state, and local communities will be explored. Students will be
given ample opportunity to develop and try out teacher-made resources. On demand.
SCED 540:
SUPERVISION OF SCIENCE TEACHING
3 s.h.
A course designed to prepare science educators (elemen~, middle, junior high, and senior high school teachers)
for leadership and supervisory roles in the improvement of science curricula and instruction. Spring of even numbered
years.
SCED 541:

SCIENCE SPECIALIST INTERNSHIP IN
TEACHING AND SUPERVISION
I-4 s.h.
This course is designed to give practical experiences in working with teachers and children as a specialist in science
teaching, supervising, and assisting in curriculum work. On demand.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Science Education

59

SCED 550:
ASTRONOMY
3 s.h.
This course deals with the planets and their satellites, including the earth and moon, with comets and meteors, with
tJre sun, the stars and clusters of stars, with the interstellar gas and dust, with the Milky Way, and other galaxies that
lie beyond the Milky Way. The fundamental concepts of cosmology and the basic principles of light are also included
in the course. Three hours lecture and/or laboratory. On demand.
SCED 551:
GEOLOGY
3 s.h.
A study of rocks, minerals, and geologic formation as they are related to elementary and secondary school science.
Past history of the earth as well as present day geologic phenomena are discussed. Fields trips to areas of geologic
interest are taken. Two hours lecture and two hours field or laboratory work. On demand.
3 s.h.
SCED 552:
GEOMORPHOLOGY
A study of the interaction between humankind and the physical environment as it is related to elementary and
secondary school science. On demand.
SCED 553:
METEOROLOGY
3 s.h.
The fundamentals of weather and weather instruments, maps, records, as well as other activities applicable to
elementary and secondary school science are stressed. ‘Ilwee hours lecture antllor laboratory. On demand.
RECENT ADVANCES IN SCIENCES
3 s.h.
SCED 554:
The course acquaints the student with significant developments in the field of science that have taken place in the
last (WO decades. This come assumes a background of information in the fundamentals of the biological and physical
sciences. Three hours lecture. On demand.
HISTORY OF SCIENCE
3 s.h.
SCED 555:
A study of the history of science with accen( on the way in which broad scientific principles have developed and
those who played a part On demand.
SCED 556:
ANALYSIS OF RESEARCH IN SCIENCE EDUCATION
3 s.h.
This course covers topics necessary to analyze, critique, and develop research. participartLs will be involved with
the study of methodology of research as well as participating in activities in which they critique existing research and
develop a research plan. Topics such as developing problems, literature reviews, critical evaluation of research
sampling and measurement, design and methodology, and data processing and qmrting will be included. Each spring.
SCED 560:

SCIENCE CURRICULUM IN THE MIDDLE AND
3 s.h.
JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL
A course designed to acquaint students with modem science instructional strategies and curricula for the junior
higtdmiddle school levels. Recent developments in curricular objectives, the unique physiological and psychological
qualities of middle level students, science contenL teaching strategies, and laboratories are stressed. Each fall.
1 s.h.
MODERN ASTRONOMY
SCED 561:
This short course covers recent developments in astronomy which are not normally covered in a traditional
astronomy course. Topics include stellar, evolution, pulsars, neutron stars, black holes, quasars, and supernovae.
Summers, on demand.
TOPICS IN COSMOLOGY
1 s.h.
SCED 562:
This short course deals in a non-mathematical manner with questions related to the universe as a whole—its
beginning, geometry, present state and future development. Topics include the origin of the elements, expansion of
the univeme, geometry of the universe and observational evidence. Summers, on demand.
3 s.h.
DEMONSTRATIONS AND PROJECTS IN ASTRONOMY
SCED 563:
Emphasis in this course will be on the selection and preparation of demonstrations and projects in astronomy for
teachers of elementary and secondary schools. Summers, on demand.
ADVANCED FIELD PHOTOGRAPHY
3 s.h.
SCED 566:
This course is designed to teach in-service teachers how to use the advanced aspects of modem SLR 35mm camera
and accessories to photograph science subjects in the tield. Advanced techniques of close-up, telephoto, and photomacrography, as well as use of advanced depth of field, lighting, and composition will be included. Students will also
learn advanced techniques of photographing flora and faun% geological, astronomical, meteorological, and ecological
subjects. Camera and film to be provided by students. Prerequisites: SCED 466 or permission of instructor. Summer,
on demand.
SCED 567:
SLIDE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT
3 s.h.
This course is normally taken concun’ently with SCED 466: Field Photography or SCED 566: Advanced Field
Photography. It is designed to be taken by in-service teachers and will teach them how to put together short. singleconcept slide programs to be used in their elementary or secondary science classrooms. The KarphIs and Generative
Models of teaching concepts will be stressed for use with the program. Prerequisites: SCED 466 or SCED 566 or
must be taken concumently, or permission of instructor. Summer, on demand.

SCED 570:

LOCAL SCHOOL CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT IN SCIENCE
3 s.h.
This course is designed to assist individual or groups of teachers with sufficient science background to develop,
impvove, or implement science curricula for the elementary and secondary schools. It will be concerned with the
production of curricular materials for actual use and evaluation. Permission of instructor. Each semester.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

60

Science Education

SCED 571:

PROGRAM FOR IMPROVING ELEMENTARY
3 s.h.
SCIENCE (PIES)
PIES is designed to promote effective science teaching and instructional leadership in science in the elementary
school. [n-service teachers, through hands-on investigations in the life. physical, and earth sciences, will acquire
knowledge of science, increase their skills in using science process skills, and develop positive attitudes toward
science. A similar course, SCED 47 I: Program for Improving Elementary Science, is offered for undergraduate,
senior, elementary majors. On demand. Permission of instructor required.
SCED 572:

PROGRAM FOR ENHANCING EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP
IN SCIENCE (PEELS)
I s.h.
PEELS is designed to involve elementary administrator/teacher teams in exemplary science experiences. Teams
are instructed in science process skills, effective science teaching strategies, development of science program goals,
and the application of science education research to elementary school science programs. Each team will design and
implement an action plan which focuses on specific actions for the improvement of science in their own schools. On
demand. Permission of instructor required.

SCED 573:

CREATIVE INTEGRATION OF SCIENCE

IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION (CISEE)
3 s.h.
The CISEE course is designed to help in-service elementary teachers learn how to integrate science content and
science process skills with other subject areas, including reading and language arts, math, social studies, physical
education, att, music, and microcomputer education. A strong emphasis is pheedon the usc of hands-on investigations;
teachers am required to design and implement lessons for their own students which demonstrate the integration of
science and other elementary curriculum areas. On demand. Permission of instructor required.
2 s.h.
SCED 574:
SCIENCE AND SOFTWARE FOR ELEMENTARY TEACHERS
This course is designed to help elementary teachers identify, select, and integrate science courseware appropriate
for implementation into existing elementary school science curricula. Participants will use exemplay science courseware to introduce, enhance, and reinforce related hands-on science activities. The culminating project for this course
is the presentation of action research tindings related to the relationships between microcomputers and hands-on
elementary school science. On demand. Permission of instructor required.
SCED 575:

CAREER ORIENTATION IN SCIENCE AND
3 s.h.
TECHNOLOGY (COST)
COST is designed to involve middltYjunior high teachers in utilizing the skills of community resource people to
demonstrate the n=d for science in many careers-including those not traditionally associated with science. The
format of the course follows the COMETS (Career Orientated Modules to Explore Topics in Science) model. Teachers
learn where to find science resource people and how [o work with the resource pemon to present lessons in the
classruom. Teachers will be responsible for implementing lessons with a resource person during the course. On
demand. Permission of instructor required.
SCED 576:

SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND SOCIETY:
3 s.h.
TOPICS FOR TEACHERS
STS is an interdisciplinary course covering topics in biology, earth science, chemistry, and physics. Participants
will be involved in studies and hands-on activities such as evaluating science computer software, testing water for
chemical and biological agents, and studying high altitude infra-red photography. Ethical issues and scientific principles concerning computers, energy, nuclear waste, biotechnology. and others, will be investigated and discussed.
Participants will develop curriculum activities for implementation in secondary science. On demand. Permission of
instructor required.
SCED 577:
MICROCOMPUTER SCIENCE LABORATORY INTERFACE
1 s.h.
l%is course is designed to instruct elementary arrd/or secondary science teachers in basic interfacing and interfacing
applications for their own classrooms. Course participants construct interfacing materials, set up related science
investigations, arrd analyze data collected from the constructed probes. Course participants also explore possible uses
for interfacing equipment in the science cuniculum. On demand. Permission of instmctor required.
SCED 578:

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY EDUCATION
FOR THE COMMONWEALTH ITEC I
3 s.h.
ITEC I is designed to provide teachers with cwmputer literacy, programming skills, and experiences with exemplary
courseware and software. The course is designed specifically for computer novices. Teachers will learn to operate
and program microcomputers while developing skills needed for teaching their students to use microcomputers for
classroom applications. The course also prepares teacherx to evaluate courseware and software appropriate for use in
their school curriculum. On demand. Permission of instructor requirwd.
SCED 579:

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY EDUCATION
FOR THE COMMONWEALTH (ITEC 11)
3 s.h.
Provides K-1 2 educators with intermediate level competencies to effectively integrate microcomputer courseware,
hardware, and related microprocessor technology into the teaching and learning process. Instructional theo~ for the
design and evaluation of solutions to problems of learning, and using computer technology as a tool, will also be
emphasized in the course. Students will complete a computer-generated pmtfolio of related lesson plans, handouts,
transparencies, etc. On demand. Permission of instmctor required.
3 s.h.
SCED 585:
PLANETARIUM OPERATION AND MANAGEMENT
An introduction to the techniques of operation and maintenance of planetarium projectors. Opportunities are
provided for writing and presenting programs at various levels of instruction. The use of auxiliary projectors, the
production of audiovisual materials, multimedia displays and live versus programmed presentations am emphasized.
Prerequisite: ES 200 and 201 or consen[ of instructor. On demand.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Science Education

61

I-3 s.h.
SCED 6tX?:
RESEARCH PROJECT IN SCIENCE EDUCATION
With the approval of his or her advisor a student may research a selected topics related to the teaching of elementary
and/or secondary science. Permission of instructor. Each semester.
3 s.h.
SCED 740:
SUPERVISION OF SCIENCE TEACHING
A course designed to prepare science educators (elementary, middle, junior high, and senior high school teachers)
for leadership and supervisory roles in the improvement of science curricula and instruction. On demand. Permission
of instructor required.
SCED 741:

SCIENCE SPECIALIST INTERNSHIP IN TEACHING
3-6 s.h.
AND SUPERVISION
This course is designed to give practical experiences in working with teachers and children as a specialist in
elementmy science, teaching, supervising, and assisting in curriculum work. For science supervision certification. On
demand. Permission of instructor required.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Master of Science Degree in
Special Education
College of Education and Human Services
Department of Special Education and Rehabilitative Sciences
Graduate Faculty
~eSEOI’S: B. iiuWSG Associate

Professors:

Davis, P. GcnL R. Ssbousky

T. Duntde, R. Fero~ L. Gurccka J. Kmusc;

Assktant Professors: L

Program Objectives
The mission of the Master of Science program within the Department of Special Education
and Rehabilitative Sciences is to provide opportunities:
●

●
●
●

to update, broaden, and refine the skills and knowledge base of the veteran professional
in designing, implementing, and evaluating instruction and services for individuals with
disabilities;
to extend knowledge and skills in research, administration, leadership, and the organization of service delivery;
to analyze technically complex and current issues within the field; and
to prepare for more advanced studies and careers in special education and rehabilitative
sciences.

SPECIAL EDUCATION CONCENTRATION
The special education area of concentration is designed primarily for students whose
career interests are in special education services and programs within educational agencies
and institutions of higher education. Within the special education concentration area various
options are offered. Students who presently hold a Pennsylvania special education teaching
certificate take a core of 27 required graduate credits and in addition pursue 6 credits
individually selected by the student in consultation with their advisor.
Students who presently hold a bachelor’s degree from an accredited program may pursue
the master’s degree while completing additional course work leading to Pennsylvania
certification in the area of special education. The specific course work for certification will
be individually determined by the student’s advisor after a review of the student’s past
course work and experience.
The graduate program in special education is accredited by the National Council
for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) and the Pennsylvania Ik+partment of Education (PDE).
REHABILITATIVE SCIENCES CONCENTRATION
The rehabilitation sciences area of concentration is designed for students whose career
interests are in the area of community-based social, vocational, recreational, and personal
management rehabilitation services in the areas of developmental disabilities, gerontology,
and substance abuse. Within this concentration, students will take a core of 18 required

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

63

Special Education

graduate credits, and in addition, pursue an additional 15 credits individually selected by
students in consultation with their advisors.

Admission Requirements
Clarion University’s general admission requirements apply with the following supplemental requirement:
graduate
faculty if the applicant’s QPA is less than the required 2.75 out of 4.00. The student
must provide evidence of ability to successfully undertake the program (e.g., particularly
strong recommendations from another professional in a related field; a clear trend of
improved QPA over time; a written explanation of the circumstances which lead to the
less than satisfactory QPA).

● Admission with provisional status may be granted at the discretion of the

Students admitted provisionally must achieve full status within three semesters following
the student’s provisional admittance by completing not less than nine graduate credits from
courses within the appropriate checksheet with a QPA of not less than 3.00 out of 4.00.
Students who fail to achieve full status will be dropped from the program in which they are
enrolled.

Degree Requirements
In addition to the general requirements of the Graduate College of Clarion University,
students shall meet the following requirements:
. Students must complete a planned program of study approved by their advisors within
one of the areas of concentration including a minimum of 33 credits.
● Students

contemplating more advanced studies after completing the master’s degree or
contemplating careers which involve research may elect with the approval of their
advisor a thesis project [SPED 590]. Students electing SPED 590 and completing the
thesis requirements are exempted from the SPED 599 requirement.

The purpose of electives is to provide flexibility within the program so that students can
further develop their knowledge, skills, and expertise in individual areas of career interest
and to enhance their career options. The choice of electives is, therefore, not limited to
SPED or REHB courses. With the prior approvaZ of the student’s advisor, the student may
choose elective courses from other departments or institutions of higher education. Note:
In accordance with Clarion University residency requirements, no more than a maximum
of 3070 of the total graduate credits may be transferred from other institutions.

Special Education Concentration
REQUIRED

CORE—27

credits

ED
ED
ED
ED
SPED
SPED
SPED
SPED
or
SPED

520:
521:
522:
523:
500:
505:
520:
535:

Introduction to Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
[nsu-uctionat Leadership Skills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analysis of Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Curriculum Development and Evaluation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contemporary issues in Special Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Concepts of Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Role Development with Parents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Methods for Individuals with Severe Disabilities . . . . . . . . . . .

536:

SPED

599:

Advanced Methods for Individuals with
Mild/Modemte Disabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
Field Based Investigation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.3
.3
.3
.3
.3
.3
.3
.3

s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.

Special Education

ELECTIVES-6credits
SPED
SPED
SPED
SPED

530:
540:
590:
415:

SPED

420;

SPED
REHB
REHB
REHB
REHB
REHB
REHB

425:
405:
410:
510:
545:
565:
580:

Leamitw Disabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 s.h.
Behavi~r Disorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
Special projects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 or 6 s.h.
Instructional Development and Strategies for
Individuals with Mild/Moderate Disabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6 s.h.
Instructional Development and Strategies for
Individuals with Sever#Profound Disabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6 s.h.
Behavior Management in Special Education Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
Substance Abuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
Prevention and Treatrnentof Substance Abuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
Group Process in Rehabilitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
Rehabilitation: Philosophy and principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
Seminar on Rehabilitative Sewice Delivery Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
Speciat Education and Rehabilitative Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.

A marimum of six credits from the 400 level courses listed above can be taken for graduate credit wilh special
permission.

Rehabilitative Sciences Concentration
REQUIRED

CORE—18

ED
REHB
REHB

520:
545:
565:

REHB
REHB
REHB

575:
580:
599:

credits
Introduction to Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
s.h.
Rehabilitation: Philosophy and Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Seminar on Rehabilitative Service Delivery Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Administering
Rehabilitation
Delivery
Sys[ems . . . . , . . . . . . . . .3
Special Education and Rehabilitative Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Field Based Investigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3

s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.

ELECTIVES- I 5 credits
REHB

REHB

REHB
REHB
SPED
SPED
SPED
SPED
SPED
SPED
SPED
SPED

405:

410:
510:

537:

520:
530:
535:
536:
540:
590:

Substance Abuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Prevention and Treatment of Substance Abuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Group Process in Rehabilitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Lifestyle and Career Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Contempcmy
Issues in Special Education . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . .3
Concepts of Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Role Development with Parents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Learning Disabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Advanced Methods for Individuals with Severe Disabilities . . . . . . . . . .3
Advanced Methods for individuals with
Mild/Moderate Disabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Behavior Disorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Special Projects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 or 6

s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.

A tnarimurn of sir credits from the 400 level courses listed above can be taken for graduate credit with special
permission.

Graduate Assistantships
The Department of Special Education and Rehabilitative Sciences regularly awards a
number of graduate assistantships both quarter time (10 hours per week) and halftime (20
hours per week). Assistantships in special education and rehabilitative sciences serve a
variety of purposes. Graduate assistants (GAs) assist the professors in developing course
materials and resources; evaluating the skills of undergraduates; carrying out literature
searches; supervising and assisting undergraduates in the computer lab; artd delivering
services to the participants in the Adult Development Program. Graduate assistantships not
only provide unique experiences within the field, but also are an opportunity for the student
to pursue advanced training with financial support.
Applicants for a graduate assistantship must have completed all program application
requirements and have been admitted in full standing to the program. A separate GA

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Special Education

65

application must then be submitted to the Department of Special Education and Rehabilitative Sciences. All applications for GAs should be submitted by the beginning of May to
ensure consideration for the following academic year.
Note: Graduate students who are completing a student teaching requirement as a part of
state certification requirements or other internship or apprenticeship may not hold a graduate
assistantship during the semester of their student teaching.

Certification Requirements
For students already holding Pennsylvania Instructional Level I certification in special
education or its equivalent and the requisite years of creditable teaching experience, successful completion of the master’s program can lead to Pennsylvania Instructional Level 11
certification. Note: It is the responsibility of the student holding a special education certificate from another state to assure that the certificate is equivalent to the Pennsylvania
Instructional Level I certificate. Your advisor can assist you in this determination.
For students not already certified in special education but holding a bachelor’s degree
from an accredited program and wishing to become certified in special education while
continuing their graduate studies, an individual course of study leading to both certification
and the graduate degree is developed by the student’s advisor with consideration for the
student’s background of education and experience in conjunction with state and program
requirements.

Physical Facilities
The Department of Special Education and Rehabilitative Sciences is housed in a twostory wing of Stevens Hall on the Clarion Campus. In addition to the modem classrooms,
an array of instructional support technology is available. On-campus resources include the
Adult Development Program and The Child Development Center.
In addition to the numerous computer labs across the campus, there is a computer lab in
Stevens Hall and another in the Department of Special Education and Rehabilitative Sciences. In the lab, students have access to a variety of instructional and management software
along with Apple and MAC hardware and adaptive communication devices for computer
and stand-alone devices. Students have access to mainframe computer support through the
campus DEC VAC 780 and 785 systems, and through the department, students also have
access to computer networks such as SpecialNet and PENN* LINK.
The department maintains ongoing cooperative relations with numerous school districts,
Intermediate Units, and rehabilitation programs in the region, all of which are available to
assist in providing a wide array of field opportunities.

Release of Data from M.S. Thesis—Publication Policy
In accordance with professional ethics, any information from master’s research should
be published or otherwise released only in conjunction with the student’s advisor. Publications resulting from research done at Clarion University shall give appropriate credit to
persons involved in the research, to Clarion University, and to any granting agencies which
supported the research.

Special Education Courses
A maximum of six credits from [he courses below can be taken for graduate credit with special permission.
INSTRUCTIONAL DEVELOPMENT AND STRATEGIES
FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH MILD/MODERATE DISABILITIES
3 s.h.
Participants engage in the process of individualizing instruction for individuals with mild/moderate disabilities,
including: designing basic instructional sequences using behaviorat objectives; matching media, learner, arsd goal
characteristics: identifying appropriate instructional sfitegies; and, evaluating the effectiveness of instruction. Multicultural education is addressed. Prerequisites: SPED 320; ELED 323 and 324 [Rehabilitative science majors exempted]. Each semester.

SPED 415:

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Special Education

66

INSTRUCTIONAL DEVELOPMENT AND STRATEGIES
3 s.h.
FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH SEVERWPROFOUND
DISABILITIES
Participants engage in the process of individualizing instmction for individuals with severdprofoond disabilities,
including designing basic instructional sequences using behavioral objectives; matching media learner, and goal
characteristics; identifying appropriate instructional strategies; and evaluating the effectiveness of instruction, Prerequisites: SPED 320; ELED 323 and 324 (rehabilitative science majors exempted). Each semester.
SPED 420:

BEHAVIOR MANAGEMENT IN SPECIAL EDUCATION SETTINGS
3 s.h.
SPED 425:
Participants acquire knowledge and skills related to contemporary Curricular innovations in educational programs
for individuals with disabilities with emphasis on sociocultural implications of changing curricular practices and the
new instmctional media and technology. Prerequisites: SPED 320 (rehabilitative science majors exempted). Each
semester.
SPED 500:
CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN SPECIAL EDUCATION
3 s.h.
Participants engage in problem-centered analyses and investigations, and in determination of respmses relative to
the contemporary issues confronting special education.
3 s.h.
CONCEPTS OF INTELLIGENCE
SPED 505:
Participants engage in an extensive study of the nature of cognition, traditional and contemporary, with emphasis
on the development of a paradigm having relevance to the educational process.
3 s.h.
ROLE DEVELOPMENT WITH PARENTS
SPED 520:
Participants acquire knowledge and skills in working with and involving parents to maximize developmental and
learning opportunities for their children with disabilities, and in responding to the unique challenges confronting
families of children with disabilities.
LEARNING DISABILITIES
3 s.h.
SPED 530:
Participants acquire knowledge and skills for designing diagnostic/prescriptive programs in perceptual-motor,
cognitive, linguistic, academic, social, and career domains for individuals with spexitic learning disabilities.
SPED 535:

ADVANCED METHODS FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH
SEVERE HANDICAPS
3 s.h.
Participants acquire knowledge and skills related to the design, implementation, and evaluation of instructional
interventions for individuals with severe/profound disabilities.

ADVANCED METHODS FOR INDlVIDUAl13 WITH
MILD/MODERATE HANDICAPS
3 s.h.
P~icipants acquire knowledge and skills related to the design, implementation, and evaluation of instructional
interventions for individuals with mildhoderate disabilities.
SPED 536:

BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
3 s.h.
SPED 540:
Participants engage in the study of maladaptive behavior in individuals with emphasis on current definitions,
classification systems, major etiological pqsectives, and contemporary interventions.
SPED 590:
SPECIAL PROJECTS
3 or 6 s.h.
Participants engage in either scholarly or applied research related to the education of children and youth with
disabilities under the supervision of a faculty member. For those participants electing the thesis option, SPED 590
shall be taken in two semesters of three credits each. During the first semester the participant is required to submit an
approved proposal. During the second semester the participant implements the research and completes the project.
3 s.h.
FIELD-BASED INVESTIGATION
SPED 599:
This coume represents the culminating experience in the master’s program in special education and requires
pmticipants to systematically integrate and apply knowledge and skills developed throughout the progmrn. Under
faculty supervision, participants identify an educationally significant problem, conduct literature reviews, fotmulate
and test hypotheses, and report results in a forum open to special education faculty and graduate students. Prerequisites:
ED 520 and SPED 535 or 536. Each semester.

Rehabilitative Sciences Courses
A nuuimum of six credits from k courses below can be takenjor grcu.iua(e credit with special permission.
REHB 405:
SUBSTANCE ABUSE
3 s.h.
Ptiicipants engage in the study of the physiological and psychological implications of drug or alcohol abuse, overmedication, and drug dependence with emphasis on the processes of intervention, advocacy, t.reatmenL and prevention.
Fall semester.
REHB 410:

PREVENTION AND TREATMENT STRATEGIES IN
3 s.h.
SUBSTANCE ABUSE
Participants engage in the study of societal pressures, attempts to pmwen[ substance abuse, and treatment strategies
along with comparative analysis of efficacy. Prerequisite: REHB 405. Spring semester.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Special Education

67

REHB 510:
GROUP PROCESS IN REHABILITATION
3 s.h.
Participants engage in the study of group development dynamics, theory, leadership styles, participant roles,
techniques, and evaluation of effectiveness as applied to rehabilitative services contexts.
REHB 537:
LIFESTYLE AND CAREER DEVELOPMENT
3 s.h.
Participants engage in the analysis of economic, social, and psychological factors which define the context of
educational, vocational, and personal decision-making; decision-making related to vocational development; the role
of information in facilitating decision-making; and the varieties of information, resources, and types of access available.
REHB 545:
REHABILITATION: PHILOSOPHY AND PRINCIPLES
3 s.h.
Participants engage in the analysis of the values, assumptions, and the principles underlying theories of rebabilitation
and their relation to the goals and objectives of rehabilitation programs.
3 s.h.
REHB 565:
SEMINAR ON REHABILITATIVE SERVICE DELIVERY SYSTEMS
Participants explore the continuum of humarr services delivery systems, with special focus on aging, mental
retardation, and substance abuse. History and student professional experiences am considered in addition to current
information and trends to identify problems and opportunities for making systems more responsive to consumer
needs.
3 s.h.
ADMINISTERING REHABILITATION DELIVERY SYSTEMS
REHB 575:
Pticipants engage in the study of the business and personnel aspects of functioning in and managing human
service delivery systems, including organization, operations, and management relative to legal, economic, and personnel standards and practice.
INTERVENTION STRATEGIES IN REHABILITATIVE SCIENCES
3 s.h.
REHB 580:
Participants review and practice a variety of common clinical intervention techniques used by professionals in
mental retardation. gerontological, and substance abuse treatment. These include creative and expressive techniques
(e.g., art, music, dram~ recreation, horticulture), behavioral interventions (e.g., relaxation, systematic desensitization,
contracts), and didactic group and individual work.
3 s.h.
REHB 599:
FIELD-BASED INVESTIGATION
This course represents the culminating experience in the master’s program in rehabilitative sciences and requires
participants to systematically integrate and apply knowledge and skills developed throughout the program. Under
faculty supenision, participants identify an educationally significant problem, conduct literature reviews, formulate
and test hypotheses, and report results in a forum open to special education faculty and graduate students. Prerequisite:
ED 520. Each semester.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Master of Science Degree
in Speech Pathology
and Audiology
College of Education and Human Services
Graduate Faculty
Profeaaora: D. Dininny, D. Hetrick, C. McAleer; Associate Professor: J. Bauman-Waengler;
J. Jamcki-Liu. K. Linnan, H. Savage; hsatmctora: J. Janes, M. McCarthy

ASsaiatant Professors:

The SPA Department offers graduate programs leading to a Master of Science degree in
speech pathology or audiology. The graduate programs are accredited by the Educational
Standards Board of the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association.

Program Objectives
The academic goals of the program are:
●

To provide a quality education to a small number of master’s degree students. The
department has a commitment to maintain a faculty-to-student ratio not to exceed 6:1;
maintain a faculty with extensive backgrounds who are actively involved in research
and scholarship, but dedicated to teaching; and maintain up-to-date materials and
equipment for teaching, clinical activities, and research.

●

To ensure adequate student knowledge in the normal physical, biological, and psychological aspects of speech, language, and hearing.

●

To introduce the student to the closely related professional areas of medicine, teaching
of the deaf, psychology, and dentistry.

●

To facilitate an interdisciplinary view of disorders of human communication.

●

To develop self-study skills necessary to keep abreast of new scientific information.

●

To offer a degree program suitable for both the student who plans for the master’s
degree and the student who plans to pursue doctoral study.

●

To prepare students to work in diverse occupational settings including but not limited
to hospitals, rehabilitation centers, otolaryngology practices, private practices, public
schools, etc.

●

To prepare students to carry out research projects in the areas of speech, language, and
audiology.

The clinical education goals of the program are:
●

TO

pt-epare students to function as independent clinicians. These levels of function will

exceed or be commensurate with clinical certification guidelines suggested by the
American Speech-Language-Hearing Association, guidelines for Pennsylvania state
Iicensure in speech pathology and audiology, and standards implemented by the Pennsylvania Department of Education.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Speech Pathology and Audiology

69

. TO improve clinical competencies in the assessment and management of individuals
having communication disorders.
student to realize the changing role of the speech-language pathologist
and audiologist in our society.

● l’o prepare the

● T O prepare s~ch-]anguage pathologists and audiologists to fill diverse roles in their
discipline(s).

. TO foster attitudes conducive

to high

quality, ethical professional practice.

● T O prepare the student to complete diagnostic evaluations testing both children and

adults.
. TO prepare the student to implement appropriate diagnostic procedures and to draw
conclusions and make recommendations based on the results of the diagnostic session.
. TO prepare the student to counsel clients regarding the results of the diagnostic evaluation. Students will be able to relay information concerning the results of the testing
as well as inform the client of recommendations for further testing, referral, etc.
design and implement a program of rehabilitation for both
children and adults. This will include writing lesson plans where short-term and longterm objectives are appropriately formulated.

● TO prepare the student to

● T O p r e p a r e t h e g r a d u a t e student to maintain accurate and appropriate records and
demonstrate a knowledge that these records are confidential. They will also demonstrate a knowledge that they are accountable for the services that they provide.

● To prepare the student to demonstrate an understanding of professional, clinical, and
basic research and to show that they can apply the results

of such research to the

clinical setting.

Admission Requirements
College of Graduate Studies admission requirements apply with the following additions:
. A baccalaureate degree.
. An applicant should have achieved a 2.75 quality-point average (on a four-point scale)
for the baccalaureate degree. Applicants with less than a 2.75 quality-point average
for the baccalaureate degree must submit a Graduate Record Exam (GRE) score with
their application. They may be admitted to a provisional status pending satisfactory
completion of six semester hours of graduate study.
. Fifteen semester hours of credit in courses related to normal development and the
sciences related to the use of speech, hearing, and language; three credits in speech
pathology; three credits in language disorders; six credits in audiology, including three
credits in aural rehabilitation; three credits in clinical practice or clinical observation;
three credits in statistics; six credits in behavioralkcial sciences; three credits in
biological/physical sciences; and three credits in mathematics. Students may makeup
undergraduate deficiencies.
. Applicants who fail to satisfy the foregoing requirements may be admitted conditionally. In such cases, the terms of the conditional admission will be specified for the
individual applicant.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Speech Pathology and Audiology

70

Degree Requirements

General Regulations and Procedures
Transfer of CrdiL The minimum course credit requirement for the master’s degree is
33 semester hours. Of this, at least 24 semester hours must be earned at Clarion University
of Pennsylvania. A maximum of 30 percent of the total credits necessa~ for completion of
the master’s degree may be accepted from another accredited graduate school. The student
is responsible for filing an official transcript of any work presented for transfer credit.
AdvisernenL Upon acceptance into the program, students will be assigned to a departmental advisor. A program of study will be planned by the student and his or her advisor
and will be subject to the approval of the department committee on graduate studies during
the first semester of study. This plan will be filed and maintained in the student’s academic
file. Students must meet with their academic advisor every semester to pre-register for
courses.
Grad= An average grade of “B” (3.00/4.00) is required.
Graduate Courses. Graduate courses are numbered in the 500’s. Some courses open to
undergraduates (400 numbers) may be taken for graduate credit by permission of the
student’s advisor. A maximum of six credits at the 400 level may be taken for graduate
credit and applied toward a graduate degree.

Specific Requirements
. The student must fulfill all general requirements for the degree and complete a minimum of 33 semester hours of credit for the degree.
. The graduate student majoring in speech-language pathology will complete a minimum
of 30 credits in speech-language pathology courses, including SPA 505, SPA 520,
SPA 540, SPA 589, and three credits in SPA 535, Audiology Seminar I.
. The graduate student majoring in audiology will complete a minimum of 30 credits in
audiology, including SPA 535 (six credits), SPA 539, SPA 540, SPA 589, and three
credits in speech-language pathology. Students may elect to take one course outside
the major providing their major and minor area requirements will have been met. A
complete listing of graduate courses in speech pathology and in audiology is carried
in the course description section which follows.
Options Thesis, research, and academic programs are available. The decision as to
whether a given student shall follow one program or the other rests with the department, as
it considers the recommendations of the advisor and the request of the student. The student
will complete an approved program under one of the following options:
Thesis Option:

Thirty-six semester hours, including six credits in SPA 590. After
the completion of a satisfactory thesis, the candidate will be
asked to make an oral defense of this thesis before a faculty
committee.

Research Option:

Thirty-three semester hours, including three credits in SPA 590.
This option does not require a thesis, but does require a research
paper or project.

Academic:

Thirty-six semester hours, including an additional six credits in
the major.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Speech Pathology and Audiology

71

● clinical proficiency must be demonstrated.
● Twoextemships

in a clinic and/or public school are necessary to satisfactorily complete

clock hours required for the degree. Students must have a cumulative qualitypoint average of 3.00 and must be making satisfactory progress toward the degree to
be permitted to enroll in the extemship program.
the clinic

. Academic and clinical practicum requirements for the Certificate of Clinical Competency in Speech-Language Pathology or Audiology of the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association must be fulfilled.
. Students who wish to obtain a Pennsylvania Teaching Certificate for Speech Correction
must obtain a master’s degree in SPA, must complete an extemship in the public
schools, and must complete SPA 554: Organization and Administration of Speech and
Hearing Programs. In addition, the student must pass the following tests: NTE Core
Battery tests, and Specialty Area Test—Teaching Speech to Students with Language
Impairments. Applications for these tests can be obtained at the Office of Field Services.

Placement
Graduates of the program are assisted by the faculty and the university’s Career Services
in finding professional positions in public and private schools, colleges and universities,
hospitals, research centers, health departments, clinical service centers, industry, or private
practice. Graduates of the program have historically enjoyed excellent professional placement.

Graduate Assistantships
A number of graduate assistantships and other forms of financial aid are available. Persons
wishing to be considered for financial assistance should so indicate at the time of application.

Externship
Six- and 12-credit extemships are available in a wide variety of environments to augment
the classroom experiences and broaden clinical experiences.

Physical Facilities
The academic component of the department is housed in the ground floor of Davis Hall.
Facilities include classrooms, a speech science/anatomy and physiology lab, a hearing
science lab, a microcomputer lab, a library which includes a large variety of videotape
resources, a student study area with individual carrels, and departmental and faculty offices.
An independent Speech and Hearing Clinic is located on the ground floor of the Keeling
Health Center and includes individual and group clinic rooms, a conference and seminar
room, audiological suites, a clinical instrumentation laboratory, a student study area, a
reception area, videotaping facilities, and a 10-station closed circuit television system.

Speech Pathology and Audiology Courses
6;12 s.h.
SPA 422:
CLINICAL EXTERNSHIP
Supervised observation of and participation in school and/or clinic environments. Prerequisite: SPA 540.

SPA 458:

3 s.h.
LANGUAGE DISORDERS IN CHILDREN
This course is designed to provide students with an understanding of language disorders in children, etiological
factors associated with them, diagnostic and evaluative techniques, and therapeutic methodologies. Prerequisite: SPA
457. Spring, annually.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

72

Speech Pathology and Audiology

SPA &M:
AUDIOLOGY
A continuation of SPA 460: Hearing Problems. Prerequisite: SPA 460.

3 s.h.

3 s.h.
SPA 472:
SEMINAR IN SPEECH SC[ENCE
This course begins with a review of the speech rmxhartism as a senosystem and the acoustics of speech. This part
of the course focuses attention on the notion that the speech mechanism is a chain of events physiologically.
acoustically, and perceptually. Each link in this chain of events is studied. including pertinent research. The phonology
of speech is also investigated.
3 s.h.
SPA 500:
APHASIA
This course is a comprehensive study of the neuroanatomical implications related to acquired aphasia (dysphasia)
in adulthood. although study of the symptoms and treatment of both sensory states and motor disturbances in aphasia
is made. The current literature is reviewed and facilities are investigated. Opportunities are provided for the student
to participate in individual and group therapy, and for visits to centers where these types of problems are diagnosed
and treated. Guidance and counseling are provided to design an independent study in this area.
SPA 505:
ARTICULATION
3 s.h.
Articulation is viewed as part of oral language and is studied in relation to other developing functions. Phonological
development and disorders as well as traditional and sensory motor viewpoints are explored. The assessment of
phonological and articulator behaviors is stressed. Differential diagnosis is emphasized. The major therapies are
examined with their rationales for treatment.
3 s.h.
SPA 510:
SEMINAR IN NEUROPATHOLOGY
This course is a comprehensive study of pathologies of the central nervous system. Methods for identifying and
treating speech, language, and communication problems associated with progmssiveand
non-progressive neurological
disorders are explored. Neurwpathologies studied include the dementias, syndromes associated with right hemisphere
lesions, and deficits subsequent to closed head injury. A unit on normal swallow and dysphagia is included in the
course. Opportunity will be provided for independent investigation and clinical participation.
SPA 515:
OROFACIAL ANOMALIES
3 s.h.
This course is a comprehensive study of the embryological, anatomical, and communicative aspects of the person
with veloph~rrge+sl incompetence. T%e current research findings in therapy and rehabilitation are reviewed. State
facilities are investigated. Opportunities for observation of cleft palate/VPI subjects and a cleft palate team are
provided. Guidance and counseling are provided to design an in&pendent study in this area
SPA 520:
LANGUAGE DISORDERS
3 s.h.
Models of the language function with their justifications are identified and critically analyzed. A review of normal
language development is included to provide comparison with deviations. Differential diagnoses of language disorders
such as those associated with deafness, emotional problems, mental retardation, and aphasia are studied. Diagnostic
procedures utilized with children having language delay are examined. The major therapies for language disorders in

children are investigated.

SPA 525:
Stuttering
3 s.h.
This course emphasizes investigation of the major theories and therapies of stuttering. Theories of etiology and of
development of stuttering are included. The development of an undemanding of stuttering behavior and similar
speech behavior is included. Management strategies and therapies are also investigated.
3 s.h.
VOICE
SPA 530:
This course includes the anatomical, physiological, and acoustical bases of voice. Various philosophies regarding
the range of normal voice function m explored and deviations, including parhology, are examined. Current practices
of diagnosis and treatment and the research related to this area are investigated.
PHYSIOLOGY AND PATHOLOGY OF
THE AUDITORY SYSTEM
3;6 s.h.
the first three semester hours will deal with normal and abnomzd functioning of the auditory system.
A critical study of selected research in the following areas will be made: ear pathologies, transformer action and
distortion properties of the middle ear, methods of stimulating the cochlear, and neumphysiology of the auditory
system. The second three semester hours will deal with the electmphysiological monitoring of the auditory system
with emphasis on the clinical application of electronystagmography and evoked response audiometry.
SPA 532:

In this seminar

INSTRUMENTATION AND PSYCHOACOUSTICS
SPA 533:
3 s.h.
This seminar deals with instruments used in the audiological clinic and selected research related to psychoacoustics.
SPA 534:
OTOLARYNGOLOGY
I s.h.
This course is an introduction to Ure profession of otolaryngoiogy. The course is taught by a board cettified
physician and offered once a year.
SPA 535:
AUDIOLOGY SEMINAR
3;6 s.h.
This course is divided into two three-credit seminars. The first seminar reviews anatomy and physiology of the ear
and ear pathologies. Basic audiometric test procedures for clinical audiology will be studied. The second seminar
deals with special audiometric testing, including site of lesion testing. an introduction to evoked potential testing and
electronystagmography, and industrial audiology.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Speech Pathology and Audiology

73

SPA 536:
DEVELOPMENTAL AUDIOLWY
Audiological problems of the pediatric and geriatric population.

3 s.h.

SPA 538:
INDUSTRIAL AUDIOLOGY
3 s.h.
This course covers the various noise parameters. instrumentation for noise measurement, and measurement techniques. Effects of noise on man and industrial hearing conservation procedures will be included.
SPA 539:
HEARING AIDS
Techniques for determining the selection and fitting of hearing aids for children and adults.

3 S.lr.

SPA 540:
CLINICAL PRACTICE
3;6 s.h.
This course entails practice, under supervision, in applying theory to the assessment and management of individuals
from preschool through adulthood having significant disorders of speech, hearing, or language. The clinical experience
is relatively independent in the assessment, organizing, and canying out of effective plans of therapy. The student
should demonstrate an interdisciplinary approach and be able to generalize on the area of the disorder treated, as well
m deal appropriately with the specific clients treated.
3 s.h.
SPA 550:
MOTOR SPEECH DISORDERS
This come explores the causes, nature, and dynamics of both developmental and acquired forms of the motor
speech di~rdem of apraxia and dysarthria. The specific nature of speech disturbances associated with lesions of the
motor system and current diagnostic protocols and management strategies associated with each identified.
SPA 554:

ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION OF
SPEECH AND HEARING PROGRAM
The organization and administration of clinical programs in a variety of environments are

studied.

3 s.h.

3 s.h.
SPA 589:
INTRODUCTION TO GRADUATE STUDY
This course reviews the history and structure of the professions of speech-language pathology and audiology and
their relationship to related disciplines. The design of research and professional writing style employed in the Journal
of Speech and Hearing Research is emphasized.
3;6 s.h.
SPA 590:
RESEARCH
The student may complete a study in speech or language pathology and audiology or dated artms under the
supervision of a staff member. The student may select the thesis option in which six credits am required. The student
may select the research option in which the or six credits culminate in a written report presented to the faculty
advisor. Types of investigations which might be completed are original studies, comprehensive literature reviews,
replication of studies, or completion of a portion of a larger study. Students must fill out independent study forms
with their research advisor before registering for SPA 590.
I-6 s.h.
SPA 598:
SPECIAL TOPICS
Topics in various areas of spewh pathology and audiology. The format used will be selected by the professor as
most suitable to the study. The course may be offered on request of students, subject to the availability of staff.
Enrollment by consent of the instructor. On demand.
SPA 599:

INDEPENDENT STUDIES IN SPEECH
I-3 s.h.
PATHOLOGY AND AUDIOLOGY
This course is designed to provide students with an opportunity to explore an area of special need or interest in
speech pathology and audiology in depth under the supervision of a member of the department. Students must develop
a proposed study plan and secure the approval of the proposed director and department chair prior to registration.
Repeatable for a maximum of 6 s.h.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

74

Directories
Board of Governors, Harrisburg, PA
Jennifer Alexander (student)
Julia Ansill
James Atherton
Muriel Berman
Donald Carroll
Jeffrey Coy
E. Eugene Dixon
Rebecca Gross
Jeremy Haugh (student)
James Hughes

F. Joseph Loeper
Floyd Mains
R. David Myers
Joseph Nespoli
Robert O’Hara
Philip Rowe
Jere Schuler
Patrick Stapleton
Julius Uehlein
Stephen Whitby (student)

Council of Trustees, Clarion, PA
Syed Ali-Zaidi
Kenneth Gaudi
Joseph Harvey
Brian Hoover
Michael Keefer
Kim Kesner

Fred Mcllhattan
Raleigh Robertson
Dana Still
Lucille Tabler
Paul Weaver
James H. McCormick,
Chancellor (Ex-Officio)

Administrative Staff
Diane L. Reinhard, Ph.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . President
John F. Kuhn, Ph.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~vost and Academic
Vice President
Helen S. Lepke, Ph.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Academic Vice President
Thomas E. Gusler, S. Ed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Provost for Administration
Heather Haberaecker, Ph.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vice President for Finance
and Administration
Harry Tripp, M. Ed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice president for
Institutional Advancement
George W. Curtis, Ph.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice president for
Student Affairs
Timothy P. Fogarty, M.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Vice president
for Human Resources
Jocelind Gant, Ph.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant to the president
for Social Equity

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Directories

75

Academic Affairs
Stanton W. Green, Ph.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of College
of Arts and Sciences
To be named. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Executive Dean of Venango Campus
T. Audean DuespohL Ph.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ..Dean, School of Nursing
To be named . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean, College of Education and Human Services
Rita Rice Flaningam, Ph.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of the College of Communication,
Computer Information Science, and Library Science and
Dean of Graduate Studies and Extended Programs
Joseph P. Grunenwald, D.B.A_ P.E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. ... .Dean of the
College of Business Administration
Thomas E. Gusler, S.Ed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Provost for Administration
Helen S. Lepke, Ph.D.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Academic Vice President
Gerard B. McCabe, A.M.L.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .Di~ctorofLibraries
John S. Shropshire, B.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Enrollment Management and Academic Records

Student Affairs
George W. Curtis, Jr., Ph.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice President for Student Affairs
Diana Anderson, MA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director, Special Activity Programs
Jamie Bero-Johnson, M.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant Director of Student Center
Herbert Bolland, Ph.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chair, Department of Counseling Services
Robert Carlson, M. Ed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dimctor of Athletics
Ralph T. Critter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resident Director
Mary Ann Fricko, PsY.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Counselor, Department of
Counseling Services
Janice Grigsby, Ph.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Counseior, Department of
Counseling Services
Kenneth E. Grugel, M.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Financial Aid
scat Horch, M.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Res~dent D~rector
James A. Johnson, M. Ed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resident Dlr~tor
Nancy J. Latimore, M. Ed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Associate Athletic Director
Connie Laughlin, M. Ed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dimctorof Cafeer Services
Lori Layman, M. Ed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resident Director
Anthony Linnan, M. Ed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assis@nt Director of
Career Services
Marilynn Mikolusky, Ph.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Dean of Student
Life Services
BarrY Mon-is, M. A., A.C.E., Ph.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Residence Life
Donald A. Nair, Ed.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Counselor, Department of
Counseling Services
John Postlewait, M.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director* AIcohol and Drug
Education/Training
David Tomeo, M.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of University Centers
Mary Walter, M. Ed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Orientation Program and
Assistant to Dean of Student Life Services
Harold Wassink, M.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coordinator of Student Activities
Ragan Watson, M.M.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant Director of Financial Aid
Laura Zirkle, M.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resident Director

Graduate Faculty
Year in parentheses indicates year of appointment to faculty
LEONARD ACKERMAN, (198 I), Ed. D., Professor, Administrative Science
Rutgers, The State University, B. A.; George Washington University, Ed.D.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

76

Directories

ROBERT BALOUGH, ( 198 1), Ph. D., Director, MBA Program, Professor, Economics
Northern Illinois University, B. A., M. A.,Ph.D.
WILLIAM S. BARNES, ( 1984), Ph. D., Associate Professor, Biology
Marietta College, B. A.; University of Massachusetts, Amherst, Ph.D.
JACQUELINE BAUMAN-WAENGLER, ( 199 1), Ph. D., Associate Professor, Speech Pathology and
Audiology
Colorado State University, B. S.; University of Colorado, M.A., Ph.D.
WILLIAM R. BELZER, ( 1982), Ph. D., Professor, Biology
Franklin and Marshall College, B. A.; University of Pennsylvania, Ph.D.
C. LARRY BERING, (1 988), Ph. D., Associate Professor, Chemistry
University of Houston, B. S.; Purdue University, Ph.D.
NICHOLAS J. BEZAK, (1%8), Ph. D., Professor, Mathematics
The College of Steubenville, B. A.; Carnegie-Mellon University, M. S.; University of Pittsburgh,
Ph.D.
DIPENDRA BHATTACHARYA, (1986), Ed. D., Professor, Mathematics
Banaras Hindu University, B. S., M. S.; Queens University, Canada, B.Ed.; State University of New
York at Stony Brook, M. S.; State University of New York at Buffalo, Ed.D.
GERALD C. BISH, (1976) J. D., Assistant Professor, Finance
University of Pittsburgh, B. A.; Suffolk University Law School, J.D.
JOSEPH BODZIOCK, ( 199 I), Ph. D., Assistant Professor, English
St. Joseph’s College, B. A.; University of New Hampshire, M. A.; University of Minnesota Ph.D.
KAREN D. BOLINGER, (1994), Ph. D., Assistant Professor, Mathematics
Ohio State University, B. S.Ed., Ph.D.
LLSBETH J. BROWN, (1973), D.Ed., Associate Professor, Education
Mercyhurst College, B. A.; Edinboro State College, M.Ed.; Indiana University of Pennsylvania
D. Ed.
WILLIAM E. BUCHANAN, (1993), Ed. D., Assistant Professor, Library Science
The University of North Carolina, A. A.; Georgia State University, B. A.; The University of
Southern Mississippi, M. L. S., M. S.; Greensboro, Ed.D.
TERRY P. CAESAR, (1%8), Ph. D., Professor, English
University of Redlands, B. A.; University of Washington, Ph.D.
WILLIAM D. CAMPBELL, (1 974), Ph. D., Professor, Accountancy
Gannon College, B. S.; University of Pittsburgh, M. B. A., Ph.D.; Commonwealth of Pennsylvania,
CPA.

EDWARD CAROPRESO, ( 199 I), Ph. D., Assistant Professor, Education
University of North Carolin% B. A.; University of Georgia, M. A., Ph.D.
SHIMIN CHEN, ( 1992), Ph. D., Professor, Accountancy
Shanghai University, B. A., M. A.; University of Georgia, Ph.D.
RICHARD COUCH, (1990), Ed. D., Assistant Professor, Education
Emporium State University, B. S. E.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, M. S.,
Ed.D.
ANNE CREANY, ( 1991 ), D.Ed., Assistant Professor, Education
St. Mary’s College, B.A.; Indiana University of Pennsylvania, M.Ed., D. Ed.
PETER L. DALBY, ( 1976), Ph. D., Professor, Biology
Genesee County Community College, Associate in Science; Michigan State University,
B. S., M. S., Ph.D.
MARY LYNNE DAVIS, (1988), Ph. D., Assistant Professor, Special Education
Youngstown State, A. B.; Winthrop College, M. S.; University of Pittsburgh, Ph.D.
RICHARD S. DELUCA, (1993), Ph. D., Assistant Professor, Education, and Director, Center for
Educational Leadership
St. Vincent College, B. A.; Duquesne University, M.Ed.; University of Pittsburgh, Ph.D.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Directories

77

LARRY R. DENNIS, ( 1979), Ph. D., Professor, Chair, English
Harpur College, B. A.; University of Washington, M.A.; Pennsylvania State University, Ph.D.
DONALD H. DININNY, ( 1 %5), Ph. D., Professor, Speech Pathology
Clarion University, B. S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.; Ohio University, Ph.D.
TERRI L. DUNKLE, ( 197 I), M. A., Associate Professor, Special Education
Clarion University, B. S.; University of New Mexico, M.A.
KATE H. EGGLETON, (1986), Ph. D., Associate Professor, Biology
Iowa State University, B. S.,M.S.; University of Massachusetts, Amherst, Ph.D.
JEFFREY EICHER, (1983), J. D., Professor, Chair, Finance
Clarion University, B. S.; University of Pittsburgh, J. D.; State of Pennsylvania, CPA.
JOHN G. EICHLIN, (1979), J. D., Associate Professor, Finance
Hiram College, B. A.; University of Akron School of Law, J.D.
ROGER A. ENGLE, (1%7), M. S., Associate Professor, Mathematics
Slippery Rock University, B. S.; University of Alaska, M.S.
JOHN J. ERNISSEE, (1983), Ph. D., Associate Professor, Geography and Earth Science
SUNY Oneonta, B. A.; University of South Carolina, M. S., Ph.D.
SOGA EWEDEMI, (1988), Ph. D., Professor, Finance
Georgia State University, B. B. A., M.B.A.; University of Pennsylvania, M. A., Ph.D.
ALBERT R. EXTON, (1969), Ph. D., Professor, Physics
Carnegie-Mellon University, B. S.; University of Pittsburgh, Ph.D.
CARL S. FARINACCI, (1 983), J. D., CPA, Associate Professor, Accountancy
University of Akron, B. S. C. E.,J.D.; Kent State University, M. B.A.; Case Western Reserve
University, M.Acc.
CARMEN S. FELICETTI, (1970), Ed. D., Professor, Communication, Chair
California University, B. S.; Indiana University, M. S., Ed,D.

LINDA FELICETTI, (197 I ), Ph. D., Professor, Marketing
Western College, B. A.; Indiana University, M. B.A.; University of Pittsburgh, Ph.D.
RAYMOND FEROZ, ( 1990), Ph. D., Associate Professor, Special Education
Kent State University, B.A.; Boston University, M.Ed.; University of Pittsburgh, Ph.D.
CHRISTOPHER FERRY, (199 l), D. A., Assistant Professor, English
LaSalle College, B. A.; Virginia Tech, M. A.; SUNY at Albany, D.A.
DARLYNN FINK, (1986), Ph. D., Associate Professor, English
Clarion University, B.S.,M.A.; Indiana University of Pennsylvania, Ph.D.
BENJAMIN M. FREED, (1975), Ph. D., Professor, Chair, Mathematics
Marietta College, B. S.; Kent State University, M. A., Ph.D.
HENRY L. FUEG, (1968), Ph. D., Associate Professor, Communication
West Virginia Institute of Technology, B. S.; West Virginia University, M. A.; Indiana University,
Ph.D.
WILLIAM FULMER, (1976), M. B.A., Professor, Administrative Science
Westminster College, B. S.; Clarion University, M.B.A.
AHMAD F. M. GAMALUDDIN, (1970), Ph. D., Professor, Chair, Library Science
Cairo University, B. A.; Western Michigan University, M. S. L. S.; University of Pittsburgh, Ph.D.
BARBARA GARLAND, (1989), Ph. D., Professor, Marketing
SUNY at Binghamton, B. A.; University of Arizona, M. B.A., Ph. D.; Indiana University, Ph.D.
STEPHEN 1. GENDLER, (1969), Ph. D., Professor, Mathematics
University of Pennsylvania, B. A.; Pennsylvania State University, M. A., Ph.D.
PAMELA GENT, ( 1988), M.Ed., Assistant Professor, Special Education
Youngstown State University, B.S. in Ed.; Kent State, M. Ed.
KATHRYN GRAHAM, (1977), Ph. D., Associate Professor, English
Salisbury State College, B. A.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, M. A.; Indiana
University, Ph.D.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Directories

78

LOIS IPSON GREEN, ( 1986), Ph. D., Associate Professor, English; Director, The Writing Center;
Project Director, Writing Across the Curriculum
University of Utah, B.A.,M.A.; New York University, Ph.D.
EDWARD S. GREJDA, (1 %1 ), Ph.D., Professor, English
Clarion University, B. S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Litt., Ph.D.
GAIL GREJDA, (1988), Ph. D., Assistant Professor, Education
Clarion University, B. S.,M.Ed.; Pennsylvania State University, Ph.D.
BARBARA J. GRUGEL, (1 993), Ed. D., Assistant Professor, Education
Ohio State University, B. S.; Clarion University, M.Ed.; Indiana University of Pennsylvania Ed,D.
LOUIS E. GURECKA, (1 978), M. A., Associate Professor, Special Education
Clarion University, B. S.,M.S.; Duquesne University, M.A.
MARK E. HAGGERTY, ( 1989), Ph. D., Associate Professor, Economics
Rutgers College, B.A.; Lehigh University, M. S.; Washington State University, Ph.D.
STEVEN HARRIS, (1992), Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Biology
Lock Haven University, B. A.; West Virginia University, M. S.; North Dakota State,

Ph.D.

JOHN W. HEAD, (1973), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Library Science
University of Wisconsin, B. S.,M.S.,Ph.D.
R. DENNIS HETRIC~ ( 1972), Ph. D., Professor, Chair, Speech Pathology and Audiology
Clarion University, B, S.; Purdue University, M. S.; Kent State University, Ph,D.
DAVID HIPFEL, ( 1992), Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Mathematics
Northwestern University, B. S.; Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, M.S.; Rensselaer Polytechnic
Institute, Ph.D.
DAVID W. HOWES, ( 1986), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Geography and Earth Science
Michigan State University, B.A.,M.A.; University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee, Ph.D.
JOAN HUBER, (1 991 ), Ph. D., Associate Professor, English
Duquesne University, B. A.; University of Pittsburgh, M.A.,Ph.D,
BRYAN HUWAR, (1977), Ph.D. Professor, Chair, Special Education
Slippe~ Rock University, B. S.; Temple University, M.Ed.; Kent State University, Ph.D.
JUDITH JANES, (1 988), M.Ed., Clinical Supervisor and Instructor, Speech Pathology and
Audiology
Indiana University of Pennsylvania, B. S.; Clarion University, M. Ed.
JANIS JARECKI-LIU, (1988), M. S., Assistant Professor, Speech Pathology and Audiology
Allegheny College, B. S.; Clarion University, M.S.
WANDA JETKIEWICZ, ( 1973), Ph. D., Assistant Professor, Biology
University of Pittsburgh, B. S, Ph.D.
MARGARET ANN JEITER, (1973), Ph. D., Associate Professor, Library Science
Mercyhurst College, B.A.; University of Michigan, M. A.; Michigan State University, Ph.D.
TONY JOHNS, (1992), Ph. D., Associate Professor, Administrative Science
Auburn University, B.M.E.; Auburn University, M.B.A.; Florida State University, Ph.D.
SHELLY SCHLESINGER KARP, ( 1983), Ph. D., Professor, Library Science
University of Illinois, B.A.,M.L.S.; Florida State University, Ph.D.
PAUL Y. KIM, (1978), Ph. D., Professor, Chair, Marketing
University of Minnesota, B. A., M.S.,Ph.D.
JAMES P. KROUSE, (1986), Ph. D., Associate Professor, Special Education
Pennsylvania State University, B.S.,M.S.; University of Virginia, Ph.D.
SCOTT KUEHN, ( 1987), Ph. D., Assistant Professor, Communication
Purdue University, B. A.; Northern Illinois University, M. A.; Pennsylvania State University, Ph.D.
ALLAN D. LARSON, (1971), Ph. D., Professor, Communication
St.Olaf College, B. A.; Michigan State University, M. A.; Ohio University, Ph.D.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Directories

79

RALPH M. LEARY, ( 1989), Ph. D., Assistant Professor, English
Rocky Mountain College, B.A.; Rutgers University, M.A.,Ph.D.
KATHY LINNAN, ( 1991 ), M.A., Assistant Professor, Speech Pathology and Audiology
Clarion University, B. S.; Kent State University, M.A.
LOIS S. LINNAN, (1968), M. A., Associate Professor, Mathematics
Clarion University, B. S.; Boston College, M.A.
WILLIAM H. LLOYD, (1980), M. S., Assistant Professor, Communication
University of Pittsburgh, B.A.,M.S.
HERBERT W. LUTHIN, (1990), M.A., Assistant Professor, English
University of Montana B. A.; University of California at Berkeley, M.A.
JAMES T. MACCAFERRI, ( 1991 ), Ph. D., Assistant Professor, Library Science
The George Washington University, B. A.; University of Califomi& M. L. S.,M.A.,Ph.D.
ELIZABETH J. MacDANIEL, (1990), Ph. D., Assistant Professor, English
The Ohio State University, B. A.; Rice University, M. A.; The Ohio State University, Ph.D.
PATRICIA MARINI, (1973), M. A., Associate Professor, Communication
Mercyhurst College, B. A.; Wayne State University, M.A.
THOMAS MARTIN, (1992), Ph. D., Assistant Professor, Biology
Lincoln Memorial University, B. S.; East Tennessee State University, M. S.; North Carolina State
University, Ph.D.
COLLEEN McALEER, ( 1982), Ph. D., Professor, Speech Pathology and Audiology
The Pennsylvania State University, B. S.; Clarion University, M.Ed.; Kent State University, Ph.D.
MARY P. McCARTHY, (1 994), M. S., Instructor, Speech Pathology
Clarion University of Pennsylvania, B. S., M.S.
JOHN McCULLOUGH, (1993), M. S., Instructor, Education
Clarion University, B. S., M. Ed.
WILLIAM C. McGOWAN, ( 1982), Ph. D., Professor, Chair, Physics
Spring Hill College, B. S.; University of North Carolina, Ph.D.
SAUNDRA J. McKEE, (1987), Ph. D., Assistant Professor, Education
Indiana University of Pennsylvania, B. S., M.Ed.; University of Pittsburgh, Ph.D.
MARY ANN McLAUGHLIN, (1982), Ph. D., Associate Professor, Education
Butler University, B. A., M. S.; Indiana University, Ph.D,
ROGER J. McPHERSON, ( 1981 ), Ph.D., Professor, Biology
Limestone College, B. S.; University of North Carolina at Charlotte, M. S.; University of Alabama
in Birmingham, Ph.D.
KENNETH R. MECHLING, ( 1966), Ph. D., Professor, Chair, Biology
Indiana University of Pennsylvania, B. S., M.Ed.; Michigan State University, Ph.D.
ANDREA MILLER, (1991 ), M. S. L. S., Instructor, Library Science
Clarion University, B. S.; Clarion University, M. A.; Clarion University, M.S.L.S.
TERRY MORROW, (1975), Ph. D., Professor, Biology
Grove City College, B. S.; Bowling Green State University, M. A., Ph.D.
HENRY W. NEWMAN, ( 1962), Ph. D., Associate Professor, English
Syracuse University, B. A.; University of Pennsylvania, M. A.; State University of New York at
Buffalo, Ph.D.

THOMAS W. OLIVER, ( 1992), Ph. D., Professor, Accountancy
Gettysburg College, A. B.; Shippensburg University, M. B.A.; University of Massachusetts, Ph.D.
MELANIE S. PARKER, (1994), Ed. D., Assistant Professor, Mathematics
Clarion State College, B. S.Ed., M. A.; University of Pittsburgh, Ed.D.
JAMES G. PESEK, ( 1980), Ph. D., Professor, Chair, Administrative Science
Bowling Green State University, B. S., M. A.; University of Pittsburgh, Ph.D.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

82

Directories

DONALD A. WILSON, ( 1%9), Ph.D., Associate Professor, English
Niagara University, B.A.; State University of New York at Buffalo, M.A.,Ph.D.
TIMOTHY WILSON, (1987), Ph. D., Professor, Marketing
Carnegie Mellon, B.S.,M.S.,Ph.D.; Case-Western, M.B.A.,Ph.D.
THOMAS V. WIMER, (1%8), M. S., Associate Professor, Mathematics
University of Pittsburgh, B.S.,M.S.
GEORGE F. WOLLASTON, ( I %1 ), Ph.D., Professor, Chemistry
Clarion University, B. S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.; University of Pittsburgh, Ph.D.
GEORGE Q.XU,(1990), Ph. D., Assistant Professor, English
East China Teaehers’ University, B. A.; Shanghai International Studies University, M.A.; Indiana
University of Pennsylvania, Ph.D.
CHIN-WEI YANG, ( 1981 ), Ph.D., Professor, Economics
College of Chinese Culture, B.A.; Northwest Missouri State University, M. B.A.; West Virginia
University, M.A.,Ph.D.
WOODROW W. YEANEY, ( 1975), Ph.D., Director, Small Business Development Center,
Entrepreneurial Development Center, Entrepreneurial Technology Center, Small Business Institute,
and Industrial Resource Center
Pennsylvania State University, B.S.,M.B.A.,Ph.D.
EDWARD ZIELINSKI, ( 1987), Ph. D., Professor, Biology
University of Texas at Austin, B.S.,M.A.,Ph.D.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Index
Academic Affairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. 75
Accountancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ..... 22
Professional Course of Study . . . . . . ....... 22
Accounting, Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 23
Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii
Administrative Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 74
Admission (also see individual programs) . ........ 2
Courtesy/Transient. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3
Eligibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ...... 2
International Students. . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ 3
Non-Degree Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ...... 3
Provisional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 2
Regular Full . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 2
Advisement (also see individual programs) .. ...... 6
Application Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ 7
Assistantships (also see individual progra ms) ...... 8
Auditing Courses . . . . .
. . .
6
Automobiles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Advisement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Master of Science in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Board of Governors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Business Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
College of. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Master of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Calendar, Academic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Career Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Certificate of Advanced Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Certification
Environmental Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Reading Specialist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
School Library Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Clarion Campus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Comprehensive Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Computing Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Cooperative Doctoral Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Council of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Credit.Transferor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Degree Completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... iii
Master of Arts in English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Master of Business Administration . . . . . . . . . 20
Master of Education in Elementary
Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Master of Education in Mathematics . . . . . . . . 51
Master of Education in Reading . . . . . . . . . . 35
Master of Education in
Science Education ., . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Master of Science in Biology . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Master of Science in Communication .. ..... 28
Master of Science in Library Science .. ..... 44
Master of Science in Special Education .. .... 62
Master of Science in Speech Pathology
and Audiology . . . . . . . . . . . .
68
Dining Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ...... 7
Directories . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...74

.........

Doctoral Program, Cooperative . . . . . . . . ....... 56
Economics, Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Education. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ..... 34
College of Education and
Human Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 34
Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .... 37
Elementary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 35
Employment (see Career Services)
English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 40
Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 41
Master of Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 40
Enrollment, Courtesy/Transient . . . . . . . . ....... 3
Environmental Education Certification . . . ....... 56
Externships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 71
Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 1
Faculty, Graduate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 75
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 7
Finance, Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 25
Financial Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ 9
Full-Time Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 5
Grades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 4-6
Graduate Management Admissions
Test (GMAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 20
Graduate Record Examination . . . . . ... 2, 12, 40, 69
Health Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 10
History, University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 10
Incomplete Grades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 6
Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 10
International Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Internships (see individual programs)
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ 9
Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Master of Science in . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 44
Media Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 45
Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 9
Management, Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 26
Marketing, Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Master of Business Administration . . . . . ...... 20
Liberal Arts Pre-Professional Option. .. ..... 22
Professional Accountancy
Course of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... 22
Master of Science
in Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
in Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
in Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
in Special Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
in Speech Pathology and Audiology . . . . . . . 68
Mathematics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ..... 51
Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 53
Master of Education in . . . . . . . . . . 51
Media Certificate, Library Science . . . . . ....... 45
Miller Analogies Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Non-Degree Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3
Non-Resident Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 7
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 11
Placement (also see individual programs) . ....... 11
Policies and Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 4
Pymatuning Laboratory of Ecology . . . . . ....... 15
Quality -Point Average (also see individual programs
for requirements) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 2
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 35
Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .... 37
M.Ed. in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ... 35
Specialist Certification . . . . . . . . . . ....... 36

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

84

Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........8
Rehabilitative Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......62
Requirements
Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ......2
Degree (see individual programs)
Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........6
Residency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Resident Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Responsibility, Student . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ 7
Rural Librarianship, Center for the Study of .. .... 47
School Library Media Certificate. . . . . . . ....... 45
Science Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 54
Cooperative Doctoral Program . . . . . ....... 56
Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 57
Environmental Education Certification .. .... 56
Master of Education in . . . . . . . . . . ....... 54
Special Education and Rehabilitative
Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .... 62
Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 63
Special Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 65

Index

Speech Pathology and Audiology . . . . . . ....... 68
Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 71
Student Affairs, Office of . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 75
Students
International . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ 3
Full-Time Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5
Non-Degree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 3
Non-Resident . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ..... 7
Resident . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ...... 7
Test o fEnglish as a Foreign Language
(TOEFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ 4
Thesis (also see individual program) . ........ 6, 8
Transcripts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 2, 8
Transfer Credit (also see individual
programs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ 5
Veterans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ 9
Withdrawals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ...... 5

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

85

Notes

NOTES

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.